Introduction
Dear Employee,
Saudi Electricity Company is paying a
special attention for employees and
their safety by following the best safety
practices, highest standards in safety
and loss prevention field when executing
company’s works. SEC adopted this safety
manual to insure that efforts will be
exerted to prevent accidents and injuries
in all company’s work, and to publicize the
safety culture to all company’s employees.
Safety is everyone’s responsibility, and the
effective cooperation between employees
is a must to apply the safety rules and
procedures to protect the employee,
facilities and public.
International safety standards and best
practices was our guidance to adopt the
safety rules and procedures included in this
manual, after they have been discussed
with different company business lines
activities.
To achieve the expected safety goals, all
SEC employees and contractors must
have a commitment to apply safety rules
and procedures in this safety manual.
SEC insure for each employee that
(Safety is Everyone Responsibility).
‫علي �صالح الرباك‬
‫الرئي�س التنفيذي‬
1
‫تقــديـ ـ ــم‬
:‫عزيزي املوظف‬
ً
‫خا�صا‬ ً
‫اهتماما‬ ‫تويل ال�شركة ال�سعودية للكهرباء‬
‫مبوظفيها و�سالمتهم وذلك باتباع �أف�ضل املمار�سات‬
‫و�أعلى املعايري يف جمال ال�سالمة ومنع اخل�سائر عند‬
‫ وقد تبنت ال�شركة هذا الدليل‬،‫تنفيذ �أعمال ال�شركة‬
‫ل�ضمان بذل اجلهد يف منع احلوادث والإ�صابات يف‬
‫ ولن�شر ثقافة ال�سالمة عند جميع‬،‫�أعمال ال�شركة‬
.‫العاملني يف ال�شركة‬
‫ان ال�سالمة هي م�س�ؤولية اجلميع والبد من التعاون‬
‫الفعال بني اجلميع لتطبيق قواعد واجراءات ال�سالمة‬
.‫حلماية موظفي ومن�ش�آت ال�شركة واجلمهور‬
‫لقد مت الإ�سرت�شاد ب�أف�ضل املمار�سات والأنظمة‬
‫العاملية يف تبني قواعد واجراءات ال�سالمة امل�شمولة‬
‫يف هذا الدليل وذلك بعد مناق�شتها من قبل �أن�شطة‬
.‫ال�شركة املختلفة‬
‫ يجب �أن‬،‫وللو�صول اىل �أهداف ال�سالمة املن�شودة‬
‫يلتزم جميع موظفي ال�شركة ومقاوليها بتطبيق‬
.‫قواعد واجراءات ال�سالمة الواردة يف هذا الدليل‬
‫وت�ؤكد ال�شركة لكل موظف‬
)‫(�أن ال�سالمة هي م�س�ؤولية اجلميع‬
،،،‫واهلل املوفق‬
Safety and Loss Prevention Policy
Saudi Electricity Co. (SEC) is committed
with the following:
Apply safety standards that ensure SEC’s
individuals and properties are safe at all
sites.
All levels of SEC management Support the
safety aspects and adoption of positive
attitudes towards its practices.
Train employees and provide resources
to maintain job competences including
safety and fire prevention responsibility
and accountability.
Design and construct company facilities
utilizing recognized best technology
and practices to safeguard property and
people.
Operate and maintain company facilities
to assure safe operations.
Require that contractors, suppliers and
others adhere to the company’s safety
and fire prevention procedure and goals.
Continuous improvement of all procedures
and instructions for safety and fire
prevention.
Promote off-the-job safety and participate
in community safety awareness.
‫علي �صالح الرباك‬
‫الرئي�س التنفيذي‬
2
‫�سيا�سة ال�سالمة ومنع اخل�سائر‬
:‫تلتزم ال�شركة ال�سعودية للكهرباء بالتايل‬
‫تطبيق معايري ال�سالمة التي ت�ضمن املحافظة على‬
.‫الأفراد واملمتلكات يف جميع مواقع ال�شركة‬
‫دعم جميع امل�ستويات الإدارية بال�شركة لأمور ال�سالمة‬
.‫وتبني املواقف الإيجابية حول ممار�ساتها‬
‫تدريب املوظفني وتوفري املوارد الالزمة لتحقيق‬
‫الكفاءة يف العمل مبا فيها الإملام مب�س�ؤوليات‬
.‫والتزامات ال�سالمة ومنع احلريق‬
‫ت�صميم وبناء مرافق ال�شركة با�ستخدام �أف�ضل‬
‫التقنيات والأ�ساليب املعروفة ل�ضمان �سالمة الأفراد‬
.‫وحماية املمتلكات‬
‫ت�شغيل و�صيانة مرافق ال�شركة بطريقة ت�ضمن �سالمة‬
.‫الأعمال‬
‫مطالبة املقاولني واملوردين وجميع الأطراف املعنية‬
.‫بااللتزام ب�إجراءات و�أهداف ال�سالمة ومنع احلريق‬
‫التح�سني امل�ستمر جلميع الإجراءات والتعليمات‬
.‫اخلا�صة بال�سالمة والوقاية من احلريق‬
‫ت�شجيع االلتزام بقواعد ال�سالمة خارج العمل‬
.‫وامل�شاركة يف توعية �أفراد املجتمع بها‬
Definitions:

1. The Company: The Saudi Electricity Company.

2. The Employee: The employee working for the company on a regular basis under an employment contract
for the purpose of performing a function of the company under the direct supervision thereof. the same
shall not include trainees employed under qualification and training contracts, the daily workers, the summer
internship students; the cooperative internship students and the employees of contractors and consultants
under independent contracts, as well as the employees seconded to the company by other entities.
3. The Contractor: An external entity with which the company contracted and assigned with the
construction, maintenance, operation or other works.
4. Employee of the Contractor: A person hired by the contractor and performs a work for the company
yet does not have the status of a company’s officer and to whom the established human resources regulations
do not apply.
5. Safety: Control of the foreseen risks to attain a reasonable level of risks.
6. Prevention: The execution of the works in an approach preventing the occurrence of accidents and the
resulting deaths, injuries, diseases or damages to properties or assets or environment destruction with
observing the attainment of the higher safety criteria at the company.
7. The Accident: An unforeseen event that often results in damages to human being or property.
8. Disabled Injuries: Injuries that occur during the work and lead to interruption of work for a day or more,
other than the day of injury, in addition to the deaths during work or while reporting to or returning from
the workplace.
9. Occupational Disease: The diseases that may affect an employee due to his/ her work or the
work-surrounding environment.
10. Personal Protection Equipment: The equipment that the employee/ worker wears to for protection
from hazards that threaten internal or external parts of the body.
11. Safe Distance: The shorter distance that the employee/ the worker may safely approach a charged circuit.
12. Confined spaces: Areas that are closed and have not be designed or constructed yet as a natural work
place for human beings, and whose outlets are limited or lack ventilation and contains hazards (poisonous
gases, combustible gases, lack of oxygen).
13. Charged (electrified) Line: A line connected to electric current and carry electric charges on which
work requires insulated tools or accessories where the safe distances are to be complied with when dealing
with it.
14. Uncharged Electric (Non Electrified) Line: a nonconductive line that has been disconnected,
insulated and grounded.

3
Contents

Section Subject Page

One General Safety Rules for All Employees 5

Two Operation of Vehicles and Equipment 33

Three Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 50

Four General Rules for Electrical Operation & Maintenance 56

Five Under Ground Distribution Cables Network 72

Six Over Head Transmission Lines 84

Seven Power Transmission Line Network 104

Eight Substations 122

Nine Power Plants 131

Ten Welding Works Safety Instructions 152

Eleven Handling Chemical Materials 159

Twelve Fire Protection 167

Thirteen First Aid 176

4
Section One
General Safety Rules for All Employees

5
Section one: General Safety Rules for all employees
Article Subject Page
1–1 Safety Rules Application 7
1–2 Duties & Responsabilities of revelant Departments Directors, Supervisors
and Immediate Chiefs 7
1–3 Duties and Responsibilities of Personnel 9
1–4 Work Permits 10
1–5 Reporting on Accidents, Job Injuries and Occupational Diseases 11
1–6 Accident Investigation 11
1–7 Equipment Faults and Dangerous Cases 12
1–8 Dark and Unfamiliar Work Areas 13
1–9 Smoking prevention 13
1–10 Housekeeping 13
1–11 Personal Conduct 13
1–12 Slipping, Tripping, and Falling 14
1–13 Public Protection 14
1–14 Access to Restricted Areas 15
1–15 Confined Spaces Entry 15
1–16 Office Work 15
1–17 Use of Wireless Device and Mobile Phones in the Areas where Blasting Works 17
are Excuted
1–18 Store Rooms (Warehouses) 17
1–19 Work at Height 18
1–20 Conveyors 18
1–21 Elevators 18
1–22 Nails and Binding Straps 18
1–23 Gas Cylinders 19
1–24 Ropes 19
1–25 ladders 19
1–26 Scaffolds 21
1–27 Hand and Portable Power Tools 23
1–28 Material Handling 25
1–29 Compressed Air 26
1–30 Noise 27
1–31 Lighting 28
1–32 Environment Preservation 30

6
1–1 Safety Rules Application
1–1–1 Every department/ administration director shall ensure the reception of each employee charged with the
application of safety rules a copy of the safety manual of the Saudi Electricity Company who shall maintain
this manual for the purposes of application throughout the term of service at the company and shall hand it
over at end of service for the company.
1–1–2 Every employee must be aware of the risks resulting from the work that he performs, where the duty of
familiarizing him with the safety requirements and the possible and existing risks at the work place shall
fall upon his immediate superior. The employee shall be responsible for maintaining his personal safety when
work performing; in the event of unsafe circumstances for which safety precautions have not been taken, he
shall refer to his superior in order to take the precautions and arrangements to perform the work in a safe
manner.
1–1–3 The provisions of the safety manual of the Saudi Electricity Company shall apply to all of the company's
employees, contractors, subcontractors and the workers and employees thereof during the execution of
the company's works. The responsibility for monitoring and following up their respect of the application
of the provisions of the manual shall fall upon the management supervising the execution of their contracts
which shall provide them with a copy of this manual. Noncompliance with the provisions of the manual shall
be deemed as a violation of the company’s regulations, and shall exempt the company for the liability for any
damages resulting from noncompliance with the provisions of the manual regardless of the type and volume
thereof.
1–1–4 In the event of carrying out works where the safety manual does not provide for the safe execution thereof,
the competent entity of the industrial security sector shall be referred to in order to agree upon rules and
procedures that ensure executing of works in a safe manner that does not lead to risks to the employee or
his colleagues or the company's properties.

1–2 Duties & Responsibilities of Relevant Departments Directors, Supervisors and

Immediate Chiefs
1–2–1 All employees working in supervisory positions, whether permanently or temporary shall ensure that all
employees under their supervision comply with all rules applicable to their job.
1–2–2 Ensure that all employees and workers under their supervision comply with the issue of work permits
for the works that require a work permit in addition to the application of the precautions and
recommendations therein.
1–2–3 Work towards safe work circumstances and environment.
1–2–4 Work towards the provision of suitable protection equipment approved by the company and to ensure use
thereof in a proper manner.
1–2–5 Ensure that various equipment, tools and furnishings used are conforming to the specifications and standards
approved by the company and to maintain them in a proper manner and ensure that the safety instructions
are attached with such equipment at delivery.
1–2–6 To use a fence, barriers, bars, lights, strips and other necessary warning signs approved by the company
within and outside the company’s facilities when it is required.
1–2–7 Plan and execute the work in a safe manner.
1–2–8 Distribute the work on employees according to their documented abilities and qualifications based on an
official qualification for the work requirements.

7
1–2–9 To ensure that their employees are aware of the following:
1–2–9–1 The works plan and scope of work to be performed.
1–2–9–2 Existing risks that they may encounter during work.
1–2–9–3 Correct procedures for performing work in a safe manner through receiving necessary trainings which
qualify them to perform work in a safe manner.
1–2–9–4 To issue a work permit and that both permit issuer and receiver are authorized to do so with adhering to
the performed work permit general instructions.
1–2–10 Ensure the safety and cleanliness of the work area.
1–2–11 Immediate superiors shall carry out frequent periodical inspections on the equipment, construction
materials, operation, maintenance, work sites, roads and surrounding circumstances as part of their duties,
and shall work on duly correcting the notes and unsafe conditions.
1–2–12 Immediate superior:
1–2–12–1 Submit to the higher managerial level any observation of unsafe conditions or any safety notes for correction
thereof if the same do not fall within the scope of their supervision or powers.
1–2–12–2 Always make the safety a part of his daily activity and raising the awareness of the employees on that safety
is part of the work and is a priority always.
1–2–12–3 Develop a program for employee motivation on observing safety procedures in performing the duties
assigned to them
1–2–12–4 Apply the penalties according to SEC regulation on he neglectful individual regarding safety.
1–2–12–5 Conduct a meeting within the work area before performing work in order to review safety rules to be
followed while executing work.
1–2–12–6 Conduct a weekly meeting with the unit or section employees for reminding of safety rules and regulations.
1–2–12–7 Include in the department annual plans the provision of safety supplies, such as equipment and tools and
nominate his employees for attending training courses on safety, fire fighting, first aid and defensive drive, etc….
1–2–13 The immediate superior shall not be entitled to force the employee to perform a work where requirements
and prerequisites of safety are not met, where the employee may not be held accountable in report on
performance evaluation if he objects performing such work.
1–2–14 Concerned department having contracts shall require the contractors to comply with the following:
1–2–14–1 Submit safety and loss prevention program to the company for approval of the industrial security; contractor
hereby undertakes to strictly comply with the submitted program.
1–2–14–2 Appoint a safety engineer/ safety manager to be approved upon by the industrial security after conducting
a presentation on the loss prevention program in the presence of the project manager and project
department representative for the purpose of ensuring the application of the program in a manner that leads
to loss prevention.
1–2–14–3 Obtain a work permit/ permits of the company according to the nature of the work to be carried out within
the restricted area specified by the company in accordance with work permit general instruction.
1–2–14–4 Procure first aid to his employees with a list of its contracted infirmaries or hospitals to provide the medical
service to his workers in the event of occurrence of injuries requiring external medical support.
1–2–14–5 Submit a written commitment from the highest authority for safety compliance (safety policy).

8
1–2–14–6 Procure personal protective equipment necessary and approved for his employees according to the nature
of work to be carried out and shall ensure the use, test and inspect whenever required.
1–2–14–7 Provide places allocated for breaks and eating for his employees. (welfare)
1–2–14–8 Use equipment, tools and devices conforming to the specifications and standards approved by the company
during the execution of the project and shall regularly test and inspect them.
1–2–14–9 Provide safe work environment for his employees.
1–2–14–10 Ensure that his employees have received the necessary trainings to qualifying them to carry out their work
in a safe manner.
1–2–14–11 Draw up safety awareness programs for his employees and shall hold periodical safety meetings and pre-
work commencement meetings, and shall ensure that his employees comprehend the safety rules and
instructions to be adopting for accomplishing the work and apply the evacuation procedures in emergencies.
1–2–14–12 Report on unsafe conditions and situations where the negligence thereof may lead to occurrence of
accidents or injuries to the company's employees or damages to the company's equipment.
1–2–14–13 Report on the accidents and injuries to his employees or any damages to the company's equipment within
24 hours of the occurrence of the accident in writing to the entity supervising its works.
1–2–14–14 Take the safety procedures and precautions necessary for protecting the public and removing them from the
dangerous work places.
1–2–14–15 Comply with the instructions on prevention of smoking within work site and the company’s facilities.
1–2–14–16 Obtain the approval of the industrial security on the schemes of the temporary offices whose locations are
in accordance with the industrial security sector and enclose them with the loss prevention program.

1–3 Duties and Responsibilities of Personnel

1–3–1 Every employee shall be demanded to perform the job that is qualified to perform, and he shall notify his
superior orally or in writing in the event that a job which he is unqualified to perform or if he is ill and his
conditions do not allow him to perform the required job.
1–3–2 Before commencing any work, every employee must be completely aware of the plan and scope of work to
be performed and his role therein, the risks that he may encounter and the safety precautions applicable to
his work.
1–3–3 In the event that the employee is requested to perform a job that he deems risky, without being supplied
with the valid and suitable protection means, he shall be then responsible for informing his superior
immediately before commencing the work and make sure that all precautions necessary for protection from
risks are taken, and that the protective safety equipment have been inspected and usable.
1–3–4 To observe the safety rules and regulations contemplated in this manual.
1–3–5 To submit safety- related suggestions to his superior and to interact with the company’s programs on safety
and environment preservation.
1–3–6 Every employee shall have to inform his superior either verbally or in writing, "as the case may" of any
defects that he observes in the protection devices, tools and equipment, as well as in the pillars, wires,
vehicles other properties of the company, and any unsafe conditions where the negligence thereof may lead
to occurrence of accidents or injuries.

9
1–3–7 In preparation for any emergencies, all employees shall actively participate in fire and evacuation drills
performed by the industrial security at various work sites.
1–3–8 Every employee shall use the personal protective experiment suitable for the work he performs.

1–4 Work Permits

1–4–1 The provisions of work permits general instructions must be complied with.
1–4–2 Work permit must be obtained prior to carrying out any of the inspection/ maintenance/ repair/
construction works at the restricted locations of the company.
1–4–3 A qualified and authorized person (control engineer - operator) shall issue the work permit and deliver it to
a qualified person authorized to receive the permit (the technician).
1–4–4 Qualification shall be made by the industrial security sector after attending a work permit course and
pass the special test thereof. The company’s employee may be qualified as an issuer or receiver while the
contractor's employee shall be qualified as a receiver only.
1–4–5 Works and authorities that the issuer or the receiver is entitled to carry out shall be defined by the
responsible department and based on the technical qualification and training of the company employee/the
contractor employee. Such qualification and authorization must be documented.
1–4–6 The authorized issuer shall, before issuing the permit, secure the work site and carry out the mechanical
isolation/electric disconnection and reconnection and post the proper hold/warning tags.
1–4–7 The authorized receiver shall carry out the work within the limits agreed upon with the issuer and the
adopted safety procedures.
1–4–8 Those under training and who do not have enough expertise shall not be allowed to carry out dangerous
works but under a direct supervision of a qualified officer at the sight who has sufficient expertise, such as
working on energized lines and equipment, access to confined places.
1–4–9 In the event of appearance of any risks for which no protection measures have been taken, the permit
receiver shall stop the work and notify the issuer and the responsible of the work.

10
1–5 Reporting on Accidents, Job Injuries and Occupational Diseases
1–5–1 The employee/ worker shall notify his immediate superior of all accidents, injuries and occupational diseases
affecting him or his colleagues no matter how minor they are, including the near-miss incidents.
1–5–2 The first duty of the direct superior of the worker in the event of occurrence of injury is to ensure that the
injured worker is receiving prompt care and medical treatment.
1–5–3 The immediate superior of the worker or his delegate shall promptly report any incident to the industrial
security operations within the works area and obtain a proceeding number within 24 hours as of the
occurrence of the accident.
1–5–4 The immediate superior of the injured or his delegate shall perform the following:
1–5–4–1 Complete the social insurance form (Form No. 10) and injury or occupational disease report form and
deliver a copy thereof to the compensation and benefits administration division within 48 hours as of the
occurrence of the accident or on the first working day after a weekend or public holiday.
1–5–4–2 Complete a preliminary incident report form and deliver copies thereof to the industrial security sector and
personnel relations and compensations.
1–5–4–3 Ensure reporting any injury that renders the injured unfit for work within three days as of the date of
accident occurrence based on the instructions of the General Organization for Social Insurance.

1–6 Accident Investigation
Accidents occurring within the company's premises shall be classified as follows:
1–6–1 Minor accidents; these are accidents resulting from daily operation processes or periodic maintenance
works, whether they are fires, leakage, explosion or job injuries which are under the control of the
company's abilities and do not result in human or material losses.
1–6–2 Medium accidents; these are accidents resulting from daily operation processes or periodic maintenance
works, whether they are fires, leakage, explosion or job injuries under the control of the company or for
which external entities are called for participation; the number of injuries thereof does not exceed five
persons, one case of death with material losses not exceeding one hundred thousand Riyals and spilled
quantities not exceeding one hundred barrels.
1–6–3 Major accidents; these are accidents resulting from daily operation processes or periodic maintenance
works, whether they are fires, leakage, explosion or job injuries causing severe damage to the company in
terms of injuries and losses in lives or damages to properties and it is beyond the company's control and
ability.

11
1–6–4 Minor accidents shall be investigated by the Fire Fighting & Loss Prevention Division at the Industrial
Security Department in the operating area, provided that the initial report to include the place or venue
of the accident, accident type (fire, leakage, job injury, death, incident alarm, others), accident date, impact
thereof on the workflow at the company's facility, material and human damages, procedures taken to
control the situation, and the entities that participated in the control thereof. the site responsible
shall conduct an initial investigation to determine the technical reasons that led to the occurrence of the
accident and shall prepare the preliminary technical report on the accident within 24 hours as of the
occurrence of the accident and shall deliver a copy thereof to the industrial security Department in the
operating area and circulate the same to the concerned officials.
1–6–5 The site officer shall conduct comprehensive investigations on the accident and prepare the final technical
report, provided to include:
1–6–5–1 Safety procedures adopted before the occurrence of the accident.
1–6–5–2 Comprehensive and timed consequential description of the accident site before, during and after the
accident.
1–6–5–3 Witnesses testimonies.
1–6–5–4 Direct and indirect causes of the accident.
1–6–5–5 Results of the accident.
1–6–5–6 Measures adopted or to be adopted after the accident.
1–6–6 In the event that the accident is medium or a major, a committee composed of a number of industrial
security department specialists in the operating area, the site responsible department, risk management
department and legal affairs department at the level of section heads and higher to examine the accident and
determine the reasons leading to its occurrence, and to give appropriate recommendations for
nonoccurrence thereof. The industrial security departments in the operating area shall prepare the initial
report on the accident and shall notify the competent authorities at the Ministry of Interior according to the
instruction issued by them.
1–6–7 The Fire & Loss Prevention division in the industrial security department in the operating area shall review
the preliminary and final reports on the accidents to follow up the execution of recommendations and
ensure the adoption of the corrective procedure thereof and shall submit the same to the top management
to follow up any negative indicators that an action may be required to be taken regard them.

1–7 Equipment Faults and Dangerous Cases

1–7–1 All employees shall have to observe any dangerous situation that may arise within the work place, such as
falling wires, broken poles, unprotected transformer or any defects therein or in the equipment, furnishings,
tools and the like where the same shall be immediately reported, orally or in writing, to the immediate
superior then to the Industrial Security Department where necessary measures are to be taken to protect
the public from danger.
1–7–2 The employee must not handle or move the falling wires unless he is qualified and properly equipped.
1–7–3 Defect devices must be removed and not used.

12
1–8 Dark and unfamiliar Work Areas
1–8–1 Every employee must be fully cautious and vigilant when working in poorly lit or completely unfamiliar
places.
1–8–2 Every employee is categorically prohibited from using matches, open flame, or sparking generators for
lighting in dark and poorly- lit places.
1–8–3 A safe lighting lamp of the approved type for the purposes of lighting in dark and poorly- lit place must be
used for the work to be carried out.
1–8–4 Approved safe flash lights must be carried in the work tool box.
1–8–5 Poorly- lit places must be reported and worked on improving the level of lighting thereof to render working
therein safe.

1–9 Smoking Prevention

1–9–1 Smoking within buildings, offices, vehicles, and premises of the company is categorically prohibited, but in the
smoking permitted areas.
1–9–2 Employees shall comply with the no smoking instructions within the company's facilities and wherever the
sign "No Smoking" is posted on the company's properties, or wherever the risk of fire or explosion
occurrence breaks out.
1–9–3 In the places where smoking is allowed, matchsticks and cigarettes must be disposed of in the container
specified for this purpose after making sure of extinguishing the same.

1–10 Housekeeping
1–10–1 Housekeeping must be maintained in all buildings, yards, area, cars, equipment and all worksites of the
company.
1–10–2 Flammable waste shall be temporarily stored in covered metal containers where they shall be properly and
periodically disposed.
1–10–3 Places that in need for cleaning or those of lacking of waste containers must be reported.
1–10–4 Work Flammable wastes (such as oils and fuel leaks) must be continually removed during the work.

1–11 Personal Conduct

1–11–1 Every employee must be alert, attentive and vigilant in his work, and must be courteous and considerate
of the feelings of others in all cases, and he shall use his best efforts in performing his duties, and conduct
himself in a manner that ensures in all times the maximum safety for him, his colleagues and the public.
1–11–2 Jesting, quarreling, playing, handling of the manual or office tools or other objects in unsafe manner, or
encouraging the employees to take risks during the work shall be prohibited.

13
1–12 Slipping, Tripping, and Falling
1–12–1 Work places floors and, stair steps, staircases of transportation vehicles and others must be covered by anti-
slip material.
1–12–2 Stairs and floors must be kept free of any object, where no object, materials, waste may be left on the work
places floors that may pose danger such as matchsticks, rubber strips, paper clips and pencils whether on the
stairs or floor.
1–12–3 Wires, electric and welding extensions shall not be strung across aisles or walkways.
1–12–4 Caution and care must be taken at opening doors, and quietly open them to avoid injuring any person that
stands at the other end.
1–12–5 All slippery places on which walking or working is necessary must be spread with sand or any other anti-slip
materials.
1–12–6 Barriers with which ladders and building stairs are equipped must be used; no running while ascending or
descending thereon is allowed. Having a foot on unsuitable places is a cause for slipping and falling, so
caution must be always taken.
1–12–7 Materials and equipment shall not be stored in corridors to avoid slipping risks, especially in the corridors
leading to emergency exits.
1–12–8 Caution and care must be taken for possible risks of broken steps, boards, sharp-ended obstacles and holes
while moving within customers’ properties.

1–13 Public Protection

1–13–1 Necessary lighting, such as spot lights or portable lights must be procured in order to carry out the work
at night in a safe manner in addition to other lighting sources for emergency purposes; instructions issued by
the Traffic Police in this regards must be complied with.
1–13–2 Public must be warned and protected by necessary safety measures and will be evacuated from dangerous
work places, especially when carrying out radiological testing.
1–13–3 Holes, ditches and obstacles must be surrounded by bars, barriers or protective cover. If they are exposed
to the traffic, warning signs (danger) must be provided at day time and with lights and flashes (colored lamps)
at night; the same must be displayed so to be visible to vehicle drivers and the public.
1–13–4 The work supervisor shall be responsible for compliance with the traffic regulations with respect to the
banners holders and other traffic warning devices and ensure putting the same within the work area.
1–13–5 When it is necessary to leave other equipment or barriers on the road at night, the following precautions
shall be taken:
1–13–5–1 They must not be left directly next to the fire hazards or in front of houses and public utilities entries.
1–13–5–2 They must be locked, fastened or fixed so not be transported or moved.
1–13–5–3 They must sufficiently protected with approved warning devices.
1–13–5–4 A warning strip must be put during road works, sand cleaning or welding or by putting barriers around the
work area; additionally, the area in which others who are exposed to eye injuries are present must be
covered as well.
1–13–5–5 A person assigned to protect and monitor such equipment shall be appointed if necessary.

14
1–14 Access to Restricted Areas
1–14–1 Access shall be denied but to persons authorized with the access to the restricted areas such as power
generation plants, power transmission and distribution plants, transformers rooms and other.
1–14–2 When a work is to be carried out in such restricted areas, the employee shall have to obtain the necessary
work permit for the type of work to be carried out and shall observe the safety instructions on this regards.
1–14–3 All necessary precautions must be taken prior to the commencement of work in restricted or dangerous
areas.

1–15 Confined Spaces Entry

1–15–1 When a work to be carried out in confined places, the employee shall obtain a work permit for "confined
space entry" which is appropriate to the type of work to be carried out ensuring the existence of another
person outside the confined space to follow up the work and intervene for assistance when required subject
to the safety instructions necessary for carrying out the work.
1–15–2 Prior to the entry to any confined space, such as inspection holes, tunnels, vaults, holes and the like, the
employee must make sure that the confined space is:
1–15–2–1 Clear of Toxic gases.
1–15–2–2 Clear of flammable gases.
1–15–2–3 Contains an oxygen percentage not less than 20%.
The department responsible for carrying out the work shall make sure of the same by using a multifunctional
gas detector (Toxic gases, oxygen percentage in air and flammable gases).
1–15–3 The department responsible for carrying out the work shall provide the employee holding tests in a confined
space with an approved respirator or suitable protection respiratory equipment.
1–15–4 In the event of oxygen deficiency, masks and respirators equipped with mechanical filters should not be used
in a confined space but must use a suitable respirator.
1–15–5 In the event of carrying out a work on high voltage equipment, make sure that the equipment is
disconnected from all current sources and grounded prior to the commencement of work.

1–16 Office Work

1–16–1 No materials shall be stored in corridors which must be always be kept clear of any obstacles to avoid the
slipping and tripping risks.
1–16–2 Before departing from the office, the worker must arrange his desk and ensure that all drawers are closed
and the computer and lighting are shut off.
1–16–3 Chairs, tables or shelves shall not be used for climbing, but suitable ladders are to be used for reaching the
materials in high places.
1–16–4 Desks drawers and locker shutters and files must be kept closed in case of not using them.
1–16–5 Files must not be put on closets roofs or near the lockers, tables or shelves edges so not to lose balance
and fall.
1–16–6 Sharp edges of metal file closets must be reported so to smoothen them.

15
1–16–7 Stairs must be equipped with rails.
1–16–8 Employees shall not run on staircases, and must pay attention while passing around corners and through
doors.
1–16–9 All movable and open parts of the office machines those are power operated must be covered with suitable
covers.
1–16–10 Office machines shall not be cleaned, oiled, set or repaired while operating.
1–16–11 Pins (sharp heads) shall not be used for clasping paper together since there are special staplers or pins for
this purpose; furthermore, no sharp ended files may be used since they may cause serious injuries.
1–16–12 Broken glass nails or other sharp- ended objects may not be put in paper sacks without packaging them first
in a safe manner.
1–16–13 Sharp objects, such as uncovered pens, pencils, knife or scissors shall not be carried with their ends open.
1–16–14 Wires of phones, computers and other electric machines must be arranged in a manner not to pose a threat
leading to tripping; additionally electric sockets may not be loaded with higher than their rated power.
1–16–15 First aid must be immediately provided for Injuries resulting from paper cutting or from punching, such as
those caused by pens, pencils, pins, or other objects.
1–16–16 Fingers must be kept away from the cutting edge of the paper shredder. Cutting knives must not be left
raised when not in use, but they must be closed and tightly tied when not in use.
1–16–17 All persons that usually work in office works are required to comply with the safety regulations and rules of
the sites they visit while conducting field visits of any type.
1–16–18 Sticky ends of envelopes shall be wetted using a water wetted sponge applied to the edges of the papers and
envelopes where the tongue shouldn't be used for this purpose.
1–16–19 Messengers carriages or other similar carriages must not be left in front of elevators, doors, or at close
corners or corridors so to avoid crashing.
1–16–20 Cigarettes or matchsticks must not be thrown in wastebaskets and smoking is prohibited but in the
authorized smoking areas.
1–16–21 All preventive safety conditions and requirements for using photocopiers and large schemes copiers, printing
equipment, and computers shall be observed to prevent hazards and occupational diseases.
1–16–22 To make sure that no device that may cause fire such as kettles, stoves or other is available.
1–16–23 All corridors leading to the emergency exits shall be kept clear of any obstructs and it is prohibited to store
materials therein.

16
1–17 Use of wireless device and Mobile Phones in the Areas where Blasting Works
are excuted
1–17–1 Radio transmission or mobile phones must not be used within a distance of (30 meters) of any electric
blasting works where the announced warning and caution signals in such areas, such as hospitals and control
rooms, etc. must be observed.
1–17–2 All electric capsules within a distance of (7.5 meters) of any radio transmission or reception device must be
kept in approved metal containers.
1–17–3 No container may be opened during the use of a transmission device, where electric capsules may not
be transported in any car equipped with a transmission and reception radio device unless kept in an
approved metal container.

1–18 Store Rooms (Warehouses)

1–18–1 Materials shall not be left to extend beyond the boxes or storing shelves.
1–18–2 Before storing materials, employees shall ascertain the existence of sufficient clearance for handling materials
safely and keep all passages ways and drive ways clear when the storage completed; furthermore, they shall
ensure the nonexistence of any materials or bulk objects that may fall or be dislocated, with caution not to
exceed the safe floor loading.
1–18–3 Suitable tools for removing nails from boxes and containers and for cutting metal strips must be used.
1–18–4 It is recommended to position the barrels in a vertical way; in the event of positioning them on the side
thereof, they must be provided with racks or blocked so they cannot roll.
1–18–5 Oils, greases, and paints must not be stored in open places.
1–18–6 Scraps and wastes shall be kept arranged and in a special area provided not to pose any danger (till the
disposal thereof) where maximum care should be taken while handling scraps in order to avoid any injury or
fire.
1–18–7 Chemicals and liquids must be stored according to the manufacturer's instructions attached therewith where
the shelf life of such materials must be monitored. Material safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
1–18–8 All plants must be provided with boxes or containers for storing rubber protective devices.
1–18–9 Electric materials and equipment shall be stored in isolated places in accordance with the manufacturer
instructions especially those containing liquids such as oil, sensitive material or chemicals.
1–18–10 Always, be careful to store heavy materials and liquid chemicals on down storage shelves.
1–18–11 Warehouses floors must be kept clean and clear of wastes, obstructs, oil, grease and fuel spills to avoid
slipping and tripping.
1–18–12 Sufficient ventilation inside the warehouses must be worked on.

17
1–19 Work at Height
1–19–1 Poles, ladders, scaffolds, climbing ropes, platforms, and other equipment must be checked before use.
1–19–2 Scaffolds must be equipped with rails and toe boards and must be lashed or fastened to hanger supports.
1–19–3 Barriers and warning signs must be posted while lifting materials or carrying out works in high places such
as the higher part of the elevator in order to avoid the fall of any tools or materials that may injure
pedestrians.
1–19–4 Workers are required to use safety belts and straps when working at the top of poles, steel structures,
ladders or other high support, whenever practicable.
1–19–5 Workers who stay down shall have to monitor the work going on at high level places and shall take caution
and care to avoid the danger of falling objects.
1–19–6 Those who have acrophobia (irrational fear of heights) must not carry out works at height.

1–20 Conveyors
1–20–1 Employees are prevented from standing on conveyors, passing them or access to anything through them; no
repairs or periodical maintenance of movable equipment may take place while they are operating.
1–20–2 No cleaning or sweeping may be made around the moving conveyor.
1–20–3 Workers attending near the conveyor must not wear loose clothes and must not use hanging objects.
1–20–4 Conveyors barriers must be kept in place and not removed but during maintenance works.

1–21 Elevators
1–21–1 Employees shall not try to ascend or descend from moving elevators.
1–21–2 Materials on elevators must not be loaded through the escape hole or any other hole in the elevator roof.
1–21–3 The supervisor must be informed immediately for any elevators that are detected to be not operating
correctly where the supervisor shall, in turn, take the necessary corrective measures thereof.
1–21–4 The permitted load of the elevator shall be observed and no overloading is permitted in no case.
1–21–5 Elevators must not be used in cases of fire and emergency.

1–22 Nails and Binding Straps

Anti puncture and cutting proof gloves must be worn in order to avoid hand injury while cutting nails and
bounding straps at boxes opening or binding. As well as, boards with protruding nails shall not be left on the
ground, where all nails should be drawn or hammered inside.

18
1–23 Gas Cylinders
1–23–1 At handling gas cylinders, due diligence must be exerted to avoid the falling or rolling thereof.
1–23–2 Cylinders shall be stored in a vertical position with the protective valves covers in place and shall be securely
fastened to prevent them from falling.
1–23–3 During transporting filled cylinders, they must be firmly secured in a vertical manner with the valves closed
and the valves wrenches removed while the protection covers kept in place.
1–23–4 Empty cylinders shall be handled with the same level of caution and care as if filled where the valves thereof
are to be kept close and the protection covers kept in place, clearly labeling them as "empty", and they must
not be stored along with the filled cylinders.
1–23–5 All gas cylinders shall be stored in a safe well- ventilated place so that not to be exposed to any source of
heat.
1–23–6 In the event of storing gas cylinders in an open place, they shall be covered to protect them from the direct
sun’s rays.
1–23–7 At purchasing new gas cylinders, the protection covers existence must be ensured. Suitable tools shall be
used to remove the protection covers of the cylinders, where the same must not be made by putting a
metal rod in the cover hole.

1–24 Ropes
1–24–1 Ropes efficiency decreases fast due to continued or incorrect use. Therefore, the rope life time and the
general condition of the rope must be taken into consideration before subjecting it to hard work and
heavy loads; ropes used in pollutant or muddy conditions must be washed, dried then inspected; additionally,
all ropes, especially those used for climbing must be inspected by the person assigned to the work. If the
ropes are found to be defected, they must be repaired before using them or replaced.
1–24–2 The minimum length of manual ropes is 24 meters with a diameter not less than 1.25 cm. only the approved
hooks shall be used for handling materials and tool cases when using the manual rope.

1–25 Ladders
1–25–1 Portable Ladders
1–25–1–1 Portable ladders must be inspected before using them. The side rails, sidewalks, floor supports, steps, ropes
and other materials must be kept in a good condition and must not be used in if it is defected, where
defected ladders must be immediately removed from service for repair (or replacement) and posting a
warning tag on it "dangerous, unfit for use"
1–25–1–2 All ladders shall be provided with suitable safety basis to prevent slipping and shall be set on a solid surface
when used. If the safety basis cannot prevent the risk of slipping, the ladder shall be firmly fixed in place by
tying or to be held by another person at the lower end of the ladder.
1–25–1–3 The horizontal distance between the wall and the ladder foot must be about one quarter of the extended
length of the ladder (from the foot to the support point).
1–25–1–4 Ladders, ladder must not be used in a horizontal position as platforms walkways or scaffolds.

19
1–25–1–5 Ladders not be used by more than a one person at the same time, nor with ladder jacks or and scaffold
blanks.
1–25–1–6 Ladders must not be placed in front of the doors that open towards the ladder unless the door has been
blocked open, locked, guarded or a warning sign for the person coming from the opposite side to the ladder
location.
1–25–1–7 Ladders must not be placed on boxes, barrels or other unstable basis to obtain additional heights.
1–25–1–8 Ladders must not be connected to each other to make a longer ladder.
1–25–1–9 At going up or down the ladders, both hands must be free in order to hold the sides or steps of the ladder
with the face towards the ladder.
1–25–1–10 Ladders must not be used for purposes other than as a ladder.
1–25–1–11 For supporting the top of the ladder at a window holing, a board must be tied across the ladder back that
extends across the window, and support the ladder against the building's walls or the window frame.
1–25–1–12 At using extending ladders of two sections whose lengths is (ranging between 12 meters to 16 meters), they
shall be of an overlapping of at least 1.3 meters length and the ladders (ranging from 14.6 meters to 18.3
meters) should have a minimum overlapping of 1.6 meters.
1–25–1–13 The rails of the portable ladders which is supported with a steel wire, bar or strip must be used with
the existence of metal support at the lower side; such ladder are to be used with extreme caution near the
electric conductors because the support material is a good conductor; these must not be used when
working on electric equipment or lines devices.
1–25–1–14 Ladders used to reach the roof must extend for at least one meter above the supporting point.
1–25–1–15 Extension ladders are adjusted and set when the worker is standing at the ladder base so that to see and
make sure of engaging the latch correctly as the same cannot be made from any other place.
1–25–1–16 Worn and eroded (ladders’ ropes) must be immediately replaced.
1–25–1–17 Extension ladders must be erected so that the upper section is based on the lower section.
1–25–1–18 Portable steps ladders are to be with anti- slip supports; such supports are not a replacement for the safety
procedures related to placing, affixing, or tying the ladder when used on slippery surfaces.
1–25–1–19 The back support of portable ladder is designed for higher stability and should not be used for ascending.
1–25–1–20 Portable metal ladders may not be used for electric works or arc welding or in the places in which they may
be in contact with energized conductors.
1–25–1–21 Slide rails of ladders must be extended (90 cm) at least above the ground or grip rails must be installed.
1–25–1–22 Wooden ladders shall not be painted; only with approved varnish or material shall be used on wooden
ladders.
1–25–1–23 At using the ladder, the worker must not lean to the side as unbalance himself or unbalance the ladder.
When trying to move the ladder, he must get down the ladder.
1–25–1–24 The worker shall not climb (straight or extension) ladders farther the third step from the top
1–25–1–25 The portable ladders must be completely open and the worker must not climb farther the second step from
the top.

20
1–25–1–26 Before using extension ladders, the worker must ensure that the ladder's locks are engaged and that the
handle is firmly tied to two steps of the lower part.
1–25–1–27 Ladders must not be kept and stored in passageways, doorways or driveways.
1–25–1–28 Insulated ladders must be used in all electric works.

1–25–2 Fixed Ladders
1–25–2–1 The fixed ladder must be checked before each and every use.
1–25–2–2 To ensure that the ladders steps are not loose, eroded or damaged.
1–25–2–3 To ensure that there is no erosion in the protection cage, nuts, heads and rivets of guard, side rails and
platform brackets.
1–25–2–4 To ensure that there is no looseness or damage to the ladder's anchors and damage or weakness steps or
concrete slaps to which the ladder is affixed.
1–25–2–5 No damage must be available in the climbing devices, including loose or damages to the carrier rails or
ropes.
1–25–2–6 No slippery surfaces due to oils or other materials causing slipping are exist.
1–25–2–7 No clutter obstructs the ladder's base or on the platform.
1–25–2–8 When ascending or descending the ladder, it should be waited until the exit of any other person using the
ladder
1–25–2–9 When climbing the fixed ladders, special safety devices must be used (such as restraint belt or traveling
fixers) and wearing safety shoes with heels.
1–25–2–10 When climbing fixed ladders, the face must be towards the ladder and to firmly grip the ladders steps with
both hands; the worker must move in firm steps and must always keep three points of contact with the
ladder (both hands and a foot or both feet and a hand).
1–25–2–11 Before climbing the ladder, the shoe's sole must be checked to ensure that it's clean of any mud or slippery
materials.
1–25–2–12 At descending from the fixed ladders, one must not jump of the ladder or sliding on them.

1–26 Scaffolds
1–26–1 Scaffolds should be used when executing works on the ground or from a solid place cannot be made safely.
1–26–2 The scaffold's footing and anchorage must be sound and rigid so to be able to bear the maximum intended
load without settling or displacement, where unfixed objects such as boxes, barrels, loose bricks and
concrete blocks and the like shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks..
1–26–3 Guard rails toe boards must be installed on all open sides of platforms over 3 meters high.
1–26–4 Scaffolds must be able to support without failure, a load equals 4 times the maximum intended load.
1–26–5 Scaffolds and other similar devices must be maintained in a safe condition and must not be changed or
horizontally moved when in use.
1–26–6 Damaged or weakened scaffolds should be immediately taken out of service to be replaced or repaired.

21
1–26–7 Before using the scaffold, it must be examined and checked by the safety section, where it is not sufficient to
check it once, but it must be frequently and regularly checked.
1–26–8 All planking shall be scaffold grade..
1–26–9 All planking of platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 30 cm), or secured from movement
1–26–10 Scaffold planks shall extend over their end support not less than (15 cm) and not exceeding (30 cm).
1–26–11 Nails and bolts must be of adequate size and number at each connection where the nails must be driven full
length and not subjected to a straight pull.
1–26–12 Access ladder or equivalent safe access should be provided to persons working on scaffolds.
1–26–13 Scaffolds' poles, legs or uprights shall be plump and securely and rigily braced to prevent swaying and
displacement.
1–26–14 Tagline should be used on all materials being hoisted onto a scaffold.
1–26–15 Over head protection shall be provided for persons on a scaffold who are exposed to overhead hazards.
1–26–16 Where persons are required work or pass under a scaffold, there must be screen (No. 18 gauge with
1.25 cm mesh or its equivalent) between the toe board and guard rail.
1–26–17 Employees are not allowed to work on scaffolds during storms or high winds, (that may cause dusts, heavy
rains) or during unstable weather conditions.
1–26–18 Tools, materials or debris shall not be allowed to accumulate in quantities on the scaffold to cause a hazard.
1–26–19 Wires or fiber ropes for scaffolds must be able to support at least six (6) times the intended load.
1–26–20 Lumber sizes used in scaffolds are minimal size except where otherwise is stated.
1–26–21 Scaffolds must be secured to permanent structure through the use of anchor bolts or other equivalent.
1–26–22 Various parts of the scaffold, wire or fiber ropes must be separated or insulated from any source of heat or
process that produces heat.
1–26–23 No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled or altered except under the direction of the supervisor.

22
1–27 Hand and Portable Power Tools
1–27–1 General Rules
1–27–1–1 Every employee shall personally ensure that all the tools and equipment he may use are in a good condition
and that they are suitable type and size for work.
1–27–1–2 Tools and equipment used in the company's works, whether owned by the employee or the company, shall
be subject to inspection of the supervisor or company safety representative at any time, and shall be
inspected regularly
1–27–1–3 Tools shall not be altered and must be always be ready for use.
1–27–1–4 Tools and materials shall not be thrown or tossed from an employee to another; and they shall not be
placed or left in narrow pathways or on the scaffolding where they can become stumbling hazards; or be
placed in a position where they may fall.
1–27–1–5 When working in customer's premises, select a safe place, in the yard or the basement for example, to put
the tools and materials so not to cause injury or property damages. Tools must not be left in a place where
children can play with them or where they may become a hazard. When work is completed, all tools and
scrap, etc... must be collected, removed or stored properly.
1–27–1–6 Each employee must notify his immediate superior of any defected tools either in design or that became
defected by use in order to be repaired or taken out of service, so not to be a source for hazard to the
users.
1–27–2 Manual Tools
1–27–2–1 All sharp edged tools (such as axes, saws, knives and other) shall be protected with a sheath or scabbard
while not in use.
1–27–2–2 Tools must not be used for hammering (such as hammers) unless made for this purpose.
1–27–2–3 Chisels, drill, various nails, ground bars, and pipes must be held with suitable holder or tongs (not by hand)
while being heavily hammered.
1–27–2–4 Hammers' heads must be fixed on a handle and no hammers, axes, shovels and similar tools with damaged
or loose handle shall be used.
1–27–2–5 Screwdrivers may not be used as chisel, drill or scraper, but only used for the purpose for which they are
made.
1–27–2–6 Spark generating tools must not be used in the places where gases or flammable liquids exist.
1–27–2–7 Impact tools such as chisels, drills and wedges with flattened or mushroomed heads shall not be used.
1–27–2–8 Defective wrenches such open-end wrenches and adjustable wrenches with spread jaws, or pipe wrenches
with dull teeth shall not be used.
1–27–2–9 When the teeth of wrenches are defected, they must not be used regardless of their type.

23
1–27–2–10 Hammers with metal handles, screwdrivers and knives with metal parts continuing through to the end or
sides of handles shall not be used when working on or near energized electrical equipment and devices.
1–27–2–11 Metal measuring tape, ropes or safety ropes with metal strands shall not be used while working on or near
energized electrical equipment or circuits.
1–27–2–12 The insulation of pliers handle and screwdrivers handles and the like are insufficient to protect from electric
shocks. Suitable insulating gloves must also be used.
1–27–2–13 Tools except those usually carried on belts shall not be lifted or lowered, from an elevation to another,
in an approved canvas tool bucket or securely attached to hand lines.
1–27–2–14 After the use of manual tools is ended, they must be stored in the allocated places and not left on the floor
of the work place.

1–27–3 Pneumatic and Electric Power Tools

1–27–3–1 The supply voltage of portable electric tools and lamps must be 110/220 volts, and they must be connected
to a transformer of insulated constriction and designed with center tap for grounding. If such devices are
manual, the voltage must not exceed 12 volts.
1–27–3–2 Metal frames of portable electric tools must be grounded correctly when connected to electric circuits; they
also must be periodically tested and examined to ensure that they are free of shorts or faults.
1–27–3–3 Portable connection wires (electric connections) must be always maintained in good conditions; additionally,
lamps sockets must be correctly insulated and equipped with suitable protection guards. Sockets must not
be loaded with a load exceeding that designed for the socket.
1–27–3–4 Circular saws with a blade diameter exceeding two inches must be equipped with protection guard above
and below the base plate.
1–27–3–5 Circular saw blades and grinding wheels must be inspected and rung tested before mounting for use to
ensure that they have no cracks or defects.
1–27–3–6 Protection guard must be mounted on all portable tools operated by belts to prevent the contact with
hands.
1–27–3–7 When using pneumatic power tools, they must be equipped with a safety tool to prevent unintentional
operation.
1–27–3–8 Before changing or adjusting tools operated by compressed air, the air supply must be shut off from the
source where the hose must be completely bled before detaching the tool connection.
1–27–3–9 Hose and joints of the tools operated by pressurized air must be designed to hold pressure and must not be
extended in places of people's passage, as well as the hoses extended cross roads must be protected.
1–27–3–10 Compressed air must not be used in cleaning unless the pressure is decreased to a level below 30 pounds
per square inch; even though it cannot be used but after securing the protection from splinters and with the
use of personal protection gear.

24
1–27–3–11 When using electric lamps or pneumatic or hydraulic portable tools in confined places, another person
must be available for monitoring and support.
1–27–3–12 Electric current must be cutoff of the electric tools before making repairs or modifications to the tools.
1–27–3–13 Electric tools may not be towed from their wires.
1–27–3–14 After finishing the use of pneumatic tools, electrical power connections and air pressure hoses must be
stored safely.

1–28 Material Handling

Material handling is the means based on which attaining higher level of effectiveness can be reached not
only in the industry field, but where it is required to transport materials, in terms of preparing,
arranging and specifying the place of materials to facilitate lifting, transporting or storing them.
1–28–1 Manual Handling
A comprehensive study must be conducted and special care must be given to manual handling of
material in any work because the incorrect handling is considered as a main source for injuries.
1–28–1–1 General Precautions
1–28–1–1–1 To lift and handle materials, use the available automatic equipment whenever possible.
1–28–1–1–2 Always make sure of the weight of the object before transporting it, and if necessary ask for assistance
for lifting and transporting it in safely.
1–28–1–1–3 Inspect the object to be lifted for projecting nails, sharp edges, wires, straps ends and splinters and
correct the unsafe condition before starting lifting it.
1–28–1–1–4 Use the suitable personal protection equipment, such as safety shoes, gloves and the like.
1–28–1–1–5 Ensure not to screen vision by the load and ask for assistance when required and know how to lift the
load and where to put it before commencing.
1–28–1–1–6 When two persons or more participate in lifting, loading or unloading a cargo, one person must be
allocated to give them signals and they all have to move in a full harmony.
1–28–1–1–7 In the event of materials to be lifted from a high place, a pulley must be mounted to facilitate the
process of lifting and unloading the materials.
1–28–1–1–8 Materials may not be handled among persons by throwing or tossing them.
1–28–1–1–9 When carrying a long object by more than a person the load must be of the same direction to all.

25
1–28–1–2 Basic Principles for Manual Lifting
1–28–1–2–1 The employee must estimate the size of the load and ensure that the object to be lifted is within his
abilities.
1–28–1–2–2 The land around the object and the suggested movement track must be explored and any obstacles or
slipping causes must be removed.
1–28–1–2–3 Feet must be firmly fixed so to be in close contact with the object to be lifted as much as practical with
a foot put forward.
1–28–1–2–4 To ensure that the object to be lifted is clear of oil, grease, dust or water in order to hold a tight fist
with clean hands.
1–28–1–2–5 Proper lifting:
1–28–1–2–5–1 knees must be bent near the cargo.
1–28–1–2–5–2 The back must be kept straight.
1–28–1–2–5–3 Use of the legs and arms muscles (not the back).

1–28–2 Conveyors
1–28–2–1 Power driven conveyors should be guarded with enclosures or railing to protect workers from being
caught on moving parts or injured by falling objects.
1–28–2–2 Power driven conveyors should be equipped numerous and convenient places with controls for
emergency stop.
1–28–2–3 Access and sufficient clearance should be provided to facilitate the repair works and lubricating safely
1–28–2–4 Riding or climbing on moving conveyors to release the jammed loads should be prohibited.

1–29 Compressed Air

1–29–1 Compressed air and Compressed air tools/equipment should be used with caution. Additionally, eye
protection and dust masks must be used, and precautions must be made to protect others
from the flaying particles when using the Compressed air in cleaning works.
1–29–2 Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning or dusting off clothing or on any part of the body.
1–29–3 Before operating an air compressor, the air receiver tank shall be properly discharged drained of
collected liquid.
1–29–4 Gasoline or kerosene shall not be used for cleaning the inside of an air compressor cylinder.
1–29–5 Air line valves at the air storage tank shall not be turned on until the hose connections to the tools or
equipment have been made and properly secured. Air line valves at the air storage tank shall be closed,
and the pressure in the lines shall be bled down to the atmospheric pressure before tools,
equipment, etc… are disconnected. Except for those connections equipped with
automatic shut-offs or when using a quick connecting coupling.
1–29–6 Air line valves at the air storage tank shall be closed in the event of hose damage or rupture, where
employees shall not attempt to catch whipping lines
1–29–7 When using compressed air on energized electrical machinery, an insulating hose, and nuzzle shall be used.

26
1–29–8 No joking allowed when using compressed air.
1–29–9 Compressed air shall not be used to remove liquids from containers.
1–29–10 Air compressor shall be inspected periodically to ensure that they safely operate.

1–30 Noise
1–30–1 The work environment in which the noise level exceeds 85 Db over time causes direct damage to hearing.
1–30–2 To keep away from the noise sources whenever possible, since that doubling the distance decreases the
noise by 6 db.
1–30–3 Isolation of the section in which noise is high from other sections within the premises.
1–30–4 To reduce the noise, a wall containing insulating material shall be built or to build walls of layers to
decrease the sound intensity while crossing from a layer to another and to use materials that absorb sound
which in turn contribute in decreasing the noise. Focus should be given to all means that decrease the noise
intensity at preparing technical specifications of projects.
1–30–5 Ear plugs must be put on in the work place where the noise is 85 Db for eight hours.
1–30–6 Decrease the periods of workers exposure to noise when decreasing the noise itself is impractical.
1–30–7 Comply with the preventive periodic maintenance of the machines to decrease the noise thereof.

Table (1–1) Level of Noise Intensity in Workplaces

P Noise Intensity Level Daily allowable exposure term (hour)

1 90 8

2 95 4

3 100 2

4 105 1

5 110 1/ 2

6 115 1/ 4
Source: OSHA

27
1–31 Lighting
1–31–1 Lighting Conditions
1–31–1–1 Provide sufficient and regular lighting in various work places.
1–31–1–2 It should not cause darkning, glaring or over dazzle within the worker's visibility, the matter that causes
fatigue and then increases the possibility of accidents and injuries.
1–31–1–3 It should not cause shade, the matter that decreases visibility.

1–31–2 Poor Lighting

Poor lighting in work leads the worker to closely approach the objects he wants to see, the matter that
causes eye stress, fatigue, exhaustion and poor productivity which may result in accidents and injuries.

1–31–3 Lighting Intensity

Highlighting intensity causes gradual weakness in sight due to the eye nerves stress and the effect thereof on
the neural system the matter that leads to fatigue and headache resulting in exposing the workers to injury
risks.

Table (1–2) Specifying the Level of Internal Lighting Intensity

P Area Lighting Intensity level candela/ square meter (lox)

Offices

1 Engineering drawing stands 500

2 Meeting rooms 300

3 Internal corridors 200

4 Training rooms 500

5 Theatres 150 - 200

6 Lobby 200

7 Elevator 200

8 Tunnels and bridges 200

28
Table (1–2) Specifying the Level of Internal Lighting Intensity (Continue)

P Area Lighting Intensity level candela/ square meter (lox )

9 Stairs 200

Additional Services
10 Bathrooms 200

11 Wardrobes 500

12 Storage rooms 200

13 Electric rooms 200

14 Mechanical rooms 200

15 Communication rooms 200

16 Maintenance workshops 200

17 Loading and unloading area 200

18 Waste room 200

Special ares

19 Living rooms 150 - 200

20 Gym rooms 500

21 Car parking entries 200

22 Car parking 100

Source: GSA

29
1–32 Environment Preservation
The company's environmental policy recognizes commitment to implement environmental laws; local and
international laws and the regulations related to its operations, in addition to the production stages,
the matter that makes the company responsible for the continual development through promoting the
environment performance.

1–32–1 General Rules:

All employees of the company shall preserve the environment from pollution, which includes the release of
harmful compounds to elements of the environment (water, air and soil), causing great damage in these
elements which is difficult to treat. Following up the implementation of environmental protection systems on
the company is Industrial Security sector responsibility.

1–32–2 Air Pollution Control

Each competent department shall control substances released into the air gases, vapors, dust and fine
particles through:
1–32–2–1 Monitoring and measurement of gaseous emissions and particulates emitted from the stacks with taking
measurements of work places area on a regular basis and compliance with standards permissible according
to general regulation of the environment & its executive regulations, regulation adopted and recorded in the
environmental register of the facility.
1–32–2–2 Use of modern equipment in production processes that take into account the protection of environment
from wastes and use of modern technologies to control the exhaust gases emitted from factories, power
plants such as sulfur oxides, nitrogen, carbon and others.
1–32–2–3 Apply periodic preventive maintenance programs for equipment and units, to maintain quality, which
reduces the emission of polluting gases to air.
1–32–2–4 Use the appropriate alternatives chemicals that may cause environmental pollution, for example replacement
of Halon with friendly gases to the environment.
1–32–2–5 Control cars and vehicles exhaust by improve combustion processes which raises the efficiency of the
vehicles and reduces the amount of emissions and air pollutants, which do not exceed the allowable limit.
1–32–2–6 Use air filters and electrostatic precipitants and other devices to purify the emitted air from flying solid
particles in air.
1–32–2–7 Test and measure the released emissions on a periodic basis.

30
1–32–3 Water Pollution Control
1–32–3–1 Each competent department shall monitor the substances resulting from industrial operations loaded with
contaminated substances for water such as suspended organic materials, oils and other contaminants, by
collecting and disposing them by environmentally qualified contractor in addition of preventing it from access
to groundwater, sea water, and rivers or treat it by approved methods .
1–32–3–2 Each competent administration shall conserve water consumption and control the added chemicals to water
and replaces it with less damage or by treating the water before drainage it through:
1–32–3–2–1 Monitoring of actual consumption quantities and compare them with designed quantities of the equipment.
1–32–3–2–2 Periodic test of industrial waste water to make sure the percentage of contaminated material, whether
organic or others to take periodical samples of industrial waste water from outlets drainage and compliance
with standards permissible according to a general environmental rules and its executive regulations and
record them in the forms of the environmental register of the facility in addition study reduction of those
rates.

1–32–4 Soil Pollution Control:

Each competent department shall prevent leaks of oil and contaminated water into the soil through:
1–32–4–1 Periodic inspection and maintenance to the storage systems, and transportation of fuel, oil and waste water
to ensure the safety.
1–32–4–2 Reporting incidents of leaks and spills in accordance with instructions thereon within 24 hours of the
accident.
1–32–4–3 Follow the instructions on how to control and deal with cases of leaks and spills.

1–32–5 Handling of Solid Waste
Administrations of the sites that produce from their production quantities of waste shall follow the following
steps for disposal:
1–32–5–1 Storage Stage: Use containers have an airtight, preferably also allocate containers for each type of
waste, after sorting, such paper, glass waste, remnants of restaurants &hospitals and others.
1–32–5–2 Collection Stage: this stage means the transfer of wastes from temporary storage locations to a central
collection by special vehicles to process it.
1–32–5–3 Disposal Stage: whether the allocation of places for burial outside the cities, or turn them into fertilizer,
or burn it in special incinerators. The modern trend is to use this solid waste, as the residues of economic
value in origin.

31
1–32–6 Waste Management Instructions
Administrations of the sites that result from their production quantities of waste shall follow steps to
dispose them:
1–32–6–1 The person in charge for the site/ the entity producing the wastes shall classify the wastes to hazardous
waste or non hazardous wastes.
1–32–6–2 The person in charge for the site/ the entity and materials competent allocates places for non-hazardous
waste storage and other places for hazardous wastes.
1–32–6–3 The person in charge for the site/ the entity shall transport the wastes to storing sites allocated for wastes.
1–32–6–4 Non hazardous wastes of similar properties shall be stored in separate groups to make it easy deal with it by
sell or burial or recycling or reuse.
1–32–6–5 The person in charge for the site/ the entity shall coordinate with the managerial entities competent in
contracting with environmental certified contractors for sale or safe disposal non-hazardous waste.
1–32–6–6 The person in charge for the site/ the entity shall coordinate with the managerial entities competent in
contracting with environmental certified contractors holding valid qualification certificate from General
Presidency of Meteorology and environment protection for the transport and treatment of hazardous waste.
1–32–6–7 Environment officer of the industrial security administration shall follow up the management of waste until
dispose them.
1–32–6–8 All the record shall be kept for a period not less than five years.

32
Section Two
Operation of Vehicles and Equipment

33
Section Two: Operation of Vehicles and Equipment
Article Subject Page
2–1 General Rules 35
2–2 Accidents 36
2–3 Seat Belts of Vehicles and Equipment (Safety Belt) 36
2–4 Driving of Vehicles/Equipment 36
2- 5 Driving of Motorcycles 37
2–6 Repairs on Roads 37
2–7 Vehicles/Equipment Parking 38
2–8 Moving Backward 38
2–9 Loading and Transporting Materials 38
2–10 Radio Equipped Vehicles/Equipment 39
2–11 Inspection of Vehicle/Equipment 39
2–12 Trucks, Equipment and Trailers 39
2–13 Forklifts 41
2–14 Cranes and Lifting Equipment 42
2–15 Aerial Basket Equipment 46

34
2–1 General Rules
2–1–1 Each employee shall familiarize with and obey traffic regulation and rules applied in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia.
2–1–2 No employee shall operate or drive any of the company vehicle/ equipment unless he holds a valid driving
license for the category of respective vehicle/ equipment, and he must be fully aware of the vehicle/
equipment proper operating steps in question; besides, drivers should not allow anybody to drive or operate
the vehicles/equipment assigned to them.
2–1–3 It is affirmed by the maintenance schedules in the company that each vehicle/equipment must be in safe
operating conditions, and the respective employee should immediately inform and report in writing about
the vehicle/equipment deemed unsafe, bring it over to competent authority in transportation to fix any
unpredictable failure, also, driving company vehicles/equipment is not allowed but only to employees
entitled from the department and immediate superior.
2–1–4 The number of people in a vehicle/equipment should not exceed the licensed one.
2–1–5 All drivers must learn about and comply with the safety instructions and guidelines related to vehicles,
equipments and traffic to avoid the occurrence of damages either to souls, property, or to vehicles only.
2–1–6 Immediate superior shall nominate his employees to attend the preventive driving course once in every
three years.
2–1–7 Personnel must inspect the vehicle/equipment to make sure of its readiness before being operated for every
business trip.
2–1–8 Employee, on receiving the company vehicle, must abide by the schedules of vehicle/equipment regular
testing and preventive maintenance; bring it over to transportation department to have the preventive
maintenance conducted on time.
2–1–9 Smoking is strictly prohibited on all vehicles and equipments of the company.
2–1–10 Employee must be familiar with the operation of vehicle/equipment and he has to complete his practical
training on them, with the attendance of defensive driving course.
2–1–11 Employee must obtain an entry permission for the vehicle/work to sites requiring that.
2–1–12 Operators of vehicles and equipment must observe not to exceed the maximum permissible loads
according to manufacturer's instructions.
2–1–13 Every employee must return the vehicle/equipment in his custody to his department when taking a leave or
be on a task/training that does not require the use of vehicle.
2–1–14 Employee/driver must attend to the vehicle/equipment and its content, and not misuse any of its accessories.
2–1–15 Vehicle/equipment unaccommodated to sandy/muddy/rugged areas must not be used, and likewise, for
carrying, transporting, pulling and trailing purposes.
2–1–16 Employee/driver in charge of a vehicle/equipment must not cause any change on its shape and appearance
from within or without, shade it, remove the papers/ number/additions/sign/labels or add any labels/marks/
phrases without permission from the transportation department.
2–1–17 Employee in charge of a vehicle assigned as substitute, must return it after the end of provisional task on the
time specified.
2–1–18 Every employee/driver in charge of a vehicle/equipment must take care of it and keep it clean either inside
or outside.

35
2 -2 Accidents
2–2–1 On occurrence of any accident, the involved employee should not discuss the responsibility for the accident
in any form of settlement.
2–2–2 Department of industrial security must be reported about all vehicle accidents according to accident
reporting instruction as mentioned in this manual (item 1–5).
2–2–3 Driver must not leave the place of accident or move his car after collision unless he was obliged to transfer
the injuries to the hospital, or his condition calls for that as stipulated in traffic regulations, noting that the
traffic officer or police dealing with the accident is the only person delegated to release colliding vehicles.
2–2–4 Drivers should adhere to instructions and circulars issued by transportation sector of the company regards
accidents occurring to vehicles of the company or vehicles of the contractor with whom the sector is
contracted.

2–3 Seat Belts of Vehicles and Equipment (Safety Belt)

2–3–1 Every employee driving or riding any vehicle inside or outside the company, must comply with fastening the
seat belts which are tautly pulled on the pelvis or (pelvis and shoulder) at all times, and make sure that all his
companions are observing that.
2–3–2 Vehicle or equipment driver shall bear the consequences arising from not using the safety belt.
2–3–3 Safety belt must be examined to ensure its reliability and effectiveness before driving the vehicle.

2–4 Driving of Vehicle/Equipment

2–4–1 Driver must be alert and attentive while driving the vehicle/equipment, and not get distracted off driving by
conversation or sightseeing.
2–4–2 Driver is not allowed to use the mobile on driving.
2–4–3 The driver should, before stopping or turning, make sure that this can be done safely, and he has to use the
side light signal while turning the vehicle/equipment. And use the parking signals when stopping at the road
side.
2–4–4 Driver must comply with road marking, warning signs and traffic signals.
2–4–5 Do not attempt to pass another vehicle/equipment moving in front of you in the same direction unless you
are able to see the road ahead clearly and for a distance allow you to pass safely.
2–4–6 Vehicle/equipment engine must be switched off while refueling and no smoking, in the meanwhile shall be
obeyed.
2–4–7 Employees shall not jump in or off moving vehicle/equipment.
2–4–8 Driver must not allow anybody to ride on any part of the vehicle/equipment except on the seats inside the
body of the vehicle/equipment.

36
2–4–9 Head lights–low beam of vehicle/equipment shall be turned on during fog, rain or sand storms, and speed
reduced until weather conditions get better. And in case of visibility is very poor in which safe driving is
uncertain, the driver must stop the vehicle/equipment in a safe place and wait till visibility is clear.
2–4–10 Utmost effort must be exerted to avoid any accident and not to insist on the right of passing albeit the other
party is mistaken.
2–4–11 Using vehicle horn does not give the driver the right of passing, just use it for warning and then cautiously
proceed.
2–4–12 At guarded railroad crossings, both directions should be viewed as you approach to ensure safe crossing.
(stop completely at un guarded crossing).
2–4–13 Speed limit must be carefully observed as per traffic signs mounted on highways by traffic departments in the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA), or the signs fixed inside the company facilities.
2–4–14 Driver of a vehicle/equipment pulling a trailer or other vehicles/equipment shall observe the following:
2–4–14–1 Road bumps and abrupt turns should be avoided
2–4–14–2 Speed limit while driving shall be observed to avoid any likely impact on sensitive devices built into the trailer
2–4–14–3 Ensure of binding the backup fastening chain between the tailing and trailer

2–5 Driving of Motorcycles

2–5–1 Motorcycle driving license should be obtained, in addition to a permit from the employee department, for
using motorcycle on the site and production area.
2–5–2 Driver should be vigilant and careful while driving the motorcycle and should not involve in conversations or
sightseeing.
2–5–3 Driver should, before making a stop or turn, make sure that he could do that safely.
2–5–4 Driver should adhere to traffic signs, signals and warning signs installed on the road.
2–5–5 Purchased motorcycles must be conforming to specification of their use inside the restricted areas.

2–6 Repairs on Roads

2–6–1 When repairs or wheel changing become necessary, vehicle/equipment should be moved off the main road.
2–6–2 Be alert while working on the side of the vehicle/equipment proximal to highway, avoid sudden crossing the
traffic lane, and make sure, at the night, that you are not standing in front of lights of approaching vehicles/
equipment.
2–6–3 Use warning lights, signals or available flares (like safety triangle) to be place behind the vehicle/equipment
at a reasonable distance visible to others.
2–6–4 When it is necessary to work under the vehicle/equipment, do not depend on the jack alone; stands shall be
placed there underneath.

37
2-7 Vehicles/Equipment Parking
2–7–1 Vehicle/equipment should not be double parked unless it is necessary to perform the work with taking
necessary precautions to avoid dangers.
2–7–2 Driver should be responsible for parking his vehicle in a safe place to insure limited likelihood of exposure
to accidents.
2–7–3 Vehicle/equipment must not be parked at parking areas that require moving the vehicle/equipment backward
into street, unless that is extremely necessary, with taking caution on moving backward, as the right of way
will not be yours.
2–7–4 When parking the vehicle/equipment, parking brakes shall be engaged, engine turned off, keys not left inside
and gear box engaged for manual transmission or on the parking position for automatic transmit ion.
2–7–5 When parking the vehicle/equipment on a downhill, in addition to above mentioned, wheels must be turned
towards the pavement if it was facing downward, and turned towards the road if otherwise.
2–7–6 Before moving a parked vehicle/equipment, the driver must check around and beneath it to ensure that no
obstacles are laying in the way.
2–7–7 Entering or leaving a parked vehicle/equipment shall be from the pavement side, as possible, and utmost
caution must be taken if doors were opened in the direction of the road to ensure that no other vehicle/
equipment is approaching, however, moving in or out of vehicles/equipments while they are moving is totally
restricted.
2–7–8 Before moving out of the park and entering the traffic line, the driver must be sure that he has plenty room
to do that safely with giving the proper turning signal.

2-8 Moving Backward

Driver should pay extreme attention when moving backward, after having ensured that there is enough
space to move back, and in case the driver is incapable to see clearly the place to which he shall back the
vehicle, and if somebody is nearby, he shall request his help while backing the vehicle. Also, he must ensure
that reverse lights are working.

2-9 Loading and Transporting Materials

2–9–1 Materials and equipment must be loaded properly and secured to ensure that they will not budge or slide.
2–9–2 A piece of red cloth with reasonable size shall be fixed in daytime in a way drawing the attention of other
drivers, and a red light shall be attached at night on equipment or materials that extend over a distance
exceeding (1,20 m) from the rear of vehicle/equipment.
2–9–3 It shall be ensured that loading takes place from the vehicle side facing the pavement and not the other side.
2–9–4 It shall be ensured that rear doors of loading compartment are firmly closed.

38
2-10 Radio equipped Vehicles/Equipment
2–10–1 Do not use a radio set in places that fall within (30,5 m) of explosion sites and in any place may influenced to
frequencies released by such sets, and observe respective warning signs as in hospitals and control rooms…
etc.
2–10–2 Before driving radio-equipped vehicles/equipment proximal to or beneath energized equipment such as
outside substations, make sure that enough clearance is maintained between the radio antenna and those
equipments.
2–10–3 Radio sets must not be used while refueling the vehicle or in thunder storms.

2-11 Inspection of Vehicle/Equipment

Every driver should follow the regular maintenance schedule according to kilometerage or date shown on
the service sticker on the windshield and thus. Every driver should inspect the vehicle/equipment before
using it and before each working trip to make sure of the following:
2–11–1 Battery, oil, fuel, belts and coolant
2–11–2 Gauges, and indicators such as engine temperature, oil,
hydraulic pressure and so forth.
2–11–3 Foot brake and parking brake
2–11–4 Wheels pressure (including spare) and wheel-changing kit
2–11–5 Safety belt reliability
2–11–6 The horn
2–11–7 Headlights and rear lights, parking lights and direction signals
2–11–8 Rear–view and side–view mirrors
2–11–9 Cleanliness of windshield, rear glass-panel and all windows.
2–11–10 Fire extinguisher and warning triangle
2–11–11 Fuel tank lid
2–11–12 Damages
2–11–13 Shortages in the vehicle/equipment as determined according to safety prerequisites, and reporting any
shortage.

2-12 Trucks, Equipment and Trailers

2–12–1 Equipments like bulldozers, pay loaders, cranes, shovels, rollers, air compressors, dump trucks, line truck
with winches, derricks, earth boring equipment, aerial ladders, aerial basket trucks, air compressors trucks,
and other mobile construction equipments, all shall not be driven or used by anybody unless he is fully
trained and qualified to drive or operate such equipment safely, and authorized by the competent authority
in transportation sector.
2–12–2 Before moving a truck/equipment, it must be inspected to be sure that materials are properly loaded and
all workers are riding safely.

39
2–12–3 Weight of truck/equipment, including the load, should not exceed the identified and recommended one by
the manufacturer and traffic department; to avoid the objects fall from the sides of truck/equipment.
2–12–4 All trucks, equipment and trailers used at night must be equipped with night lamps and flags, loads that
extend outward or that on trailers shall be marked properly with warning flags and lamps if it’s necessary.
2–12–5 When work requires that a trucks /equipment should park on a travelled lane of the road or street or
immediately close to it, then, in addition to using flashers of trucks/equipments, warning signs, red flags
or cones must be placed on daytime, red lamps at night, and that should be placed in front and behind the
truck or equipment on the traffic side, and a person should be assigned to direct the traffic if traffic
situations dictate that. use parking lights at night, and do not park the vtruck/ equipment with its headlights
on.
2–12–6 Trailer must be tied with safety chains or additional cables with a traction vehicle/ equipment, wherever
required by safety prerequisites, and as such it will serve as a second linking means between traction vehicle/
equipment and the carriage being pulled, and thus, this must be placed in a way that if the primary link has
been broken or untied, the loads will not separate.
2–12–7 Trucks/ equipments must be driven with the gear-box engaged, and the use of lower gear-shifting on
hazardous slopes.
2–12–8 While parking a v trucks/an equipment (trucks/ ladder trucks / aerial basket truck), the driver shall be
responsible for checking that brakes are engaged and wheels chocked, to prevent their movement, and so
drivers should perform a daily check for the parking brakes to ensure that they are robust and operate well.
But as for auxiliary brakes on some trucks/equipment, they should not be used as regular parking brakes
except for short periods only and when this is related directly to the type of work in process.
2–12–9 Vehicles/ equipment, in which sound silencers are blocked, should not be operated, and any truck/
equipment (from which dangerous sparks or flames are emitted from the exhaust system) shall be removed
out of service to be repaired
2–12–10 Any truck/ equipment with engine temperature rising above normal levels shall be removed out of service to
be repaired.
2–12–11 All trucks/equipment must kept clean and free of excessive oils and greases.
2–12–12 Cleaning agents approved by the company only shall be used for cleaning.
2–12–13 Necessary safety measures should be taken while operating and maintaining different types of machinery
lifting trucks/equipments.
2–12–14 A suitable, well-ventilated place must be designated for the recharging of electric lifting vehicles/ equipments
batteries
2–12–15 Unnecessary backward movement should be avoided where possible, and that by proper parking.
2–12–16 If there were more than one person in the vehicle/ equipment, one of them should come down and help the
driver in moving backward by giving him the signal when it is needed.
2–12–17 Workers should not be transported in vehicles/equipments with open frame or compartment.

40
2-13 Forklifts
2–13–1 Forklifts must be operated only by authorized and trained employees.
2–13–2 No body is allowed to stand or pass under the lifted arm of the forklift, whether it was loaded or not.
2–13–3 If a forklift was left unattended, forks shall be lowered, motor switched off, and brakes engaged up. Wheels
chooks placed when the forklift is parked on a slope.
2–13–4 Hoists must be supplied with protective overhead guards to protect the operator from the falling boxes,
parcels or else.
2–13–5 Only approved forklift must be used in hazardous areas.
2–13–6 Operator should reduce the speed and use the horn at interjections, or where vision is obstructed, and if
the load obstructs forward view, then the driver must be directed by another person and move backwards
while the load is in the traction position.
2–13–7 Driver must focus his attention on his line of motion and be aware of obstacles
2–13–8 When forklift is driven on heights and slopes, the degree of elevation and sloping must be considered and
load height shall be adjusted accordingly
2–13–9 Lift truck shall be driven at a speed allowing its safe stopping.
2–13–10 Stunt driving and horseplay are strictly prohibited.
2–13–11 Only stable and safely-arranged loads are to be handled, and caution shall be exercised when handling u
loads which cannot be centered.
2–13–12 Loads to be lifted must be within the rated capacity of the lift truck.
2–13–13 Loads must be securely fastened, and the fork tilted backward carefully to stabilize the load. Lifted load
should not be tilted forward unless the load is in unloading position over a rack or stack, and also, the
forklift should not be turned suddenly especially when it is loaded.
2–13–14 Defective lifting trucks/equipment, or that which need repair shall be removed out of service for repair.
2–13–15 Only authorized and qualified employees shall carry out repairs in safe places designated for this purpose.
2–13–16 All lifting vehicles/equipment must be throughly inspected daily before use or every work-shift as
appropriate.
2–13–17 Refueling should not take place while the motor is running, also, fuel spillage on the ground shall be avoided.
2–13–18 Spilled oils and fuel shall be carefully cleaned, and fuel tank cap should be replaced before starting the engine..
2–13–19 Any truck/equipment must not be operated if there is a leakage in the fuel system.
2–13–20 Open flame should not be used to check out electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel
tanks.
2–13–21 Appropriate type of forklifts must be used according to the working area (electric, diesel, gasoline or gas).
2–13–22 Level of engine fuel must be checked out during the work to avoid serious damages resulting from its
depletion while the engine is running.
2–13–23 Forklift height should not exceed the level that prevents its friction with the ground while carrying the load
from one place to another.

41
2-14 Cranes and Lifting Equipment
2–14–1 Only personnel who are authorized by the company and having official licenses shall operate cranes,
however, the operator should know very well and comply with the standard lifting hand signals.
2–14–2 Operator shall follow operation instructions and manufacturer specification for the capacity, rating and
scope of crane attachments.
2–14–3 Rated load capacities, recommended operating speeds, special hazard warning and instructions shall be
posted on all equipment; however, directions and warnings shall be visible to the operator while he is at
control station.
2–14–4 Operator shall inspect all machinery and equipment before each use and make sure they are in safe
operation condition, whenever there is any doubt as to safety, it must not be operated..
2–14–5 Canes shall not be used when weather conditions create hazards to employees, property or the public.
2–14–6 Operator shall be sure that all workers on site are well clear of the crane.
2–14–7 Engine shall be disengaged from the transmission gear before starting in order to reduce the load on the starter.
2–14–8 Engine shall be warmed up for few minutes to warm up and circulate the oil. Operate the winches, boom
hoist cylinders, boom extension cylinders, and swing mechanism to circulate the oil before operating the
machine under load
2–14–9 Before moving backward operators shall be sure that the rear area is clear, and if the rear area is not visible,
a signal man should be utilized.
2–14–10 No body will be allowed to get on, leave or ride on the crane/equipment while it is in motion.
2–14–11 The crane shall be positioned beside the load as close as possible and in a way to reduce swinging to
minimum.
2–14–12 Adequate clearance shall be provided for the tail swing of the revolving arm to avoid hitting pedestrians,
vehicles or other equipment.
2–14–13 Unauthorized employees should remain outside the radius of rotation of any part of the crane or load.
2–14–14 The crane outriggers shall always be used regardless of the size or weight of the load; however, outriggers
shall be extended to maximum limit.
2–14–15 Before lifting any load exceed 75% of the crane's rated capacity, it is recommended beside ordinary
precautions, to measure the radius of load to keep the distance between the crane's gravity center and the
load center within the manufacturer's requirements to avoid the occurrence of any error
2–14–16 Operator should know the crane's rated capacity under all conditions and configurations, read the load
graph associated with the crane, also, he should know the factors that might reduce crane capacity.
However, crane's rated capacity depends on the weight of the load and radius of operation as recommended
by the manufacturer.
2–14–17 Crane's rated capacity shall not be assessed in terms of its stability; on the other hand, crane capacity is also
impacted by the length and the angle of the boom, and depends also on the counter weights.
2–14–18 Counter weights shall be correct as regards the machine, length and load, and as recommended by the
manufacturer.
2–14–19 Operator shall avoid sudden snatching, swinging and stopping of the suspended loads as rapid acceleration
or deceleration will multiply the stress on the boom, and that the swinging of long boon, whether with or
without load, may unbalance the crane and the boom would then collapse.

42
2–14–20 Operator must be sure that all loads are secured before he starts lifting, and that all employees with no
connection to the operation are away from there.
2–14–21 Sudden loading and unloading of the hoist line should be prevented when lifting heavy load or loads
approaching the rated.
2–14–22 Load shall be relaxed and lifted for few inches off the ground and then held to check the brakes.
2–14–23 Taglines shall be used to control all loads.
2–14–24 Crane's booms should not be used to drag loads horizontally.
2–14–25 No body is allowed to work under the suspended loads.
2–14–26 The booms should never be lowered to a point where the drum is left with less than two full warps of the
rope, and if the whole cable was removed inadvertently off the drum, it should be re-wind in the right
direction.
2–14–27 Operator shall make sure, and before using the crane, that cut–off switches (for maximum and minimum
heights or angle) are working well.
2–14–28 It shall be ascertained that the load would never collide with the boom or outriggers, and if that happened,
boom must be thoroughly inspected before performing any further lifting operation.
2–14–29 Operator should not leave his place at the control board while load is being suspended.
2–14–30 In case that the energized overhead lines have not been disconnected and grounded (de- energized or
isolated), the safe approach distance for energized overhead lines must be observed as per table (2-1):

Table (2-1) safe approach distances (in meters)

Voltage (kv) Permitted Personnel Not permited Personnel*

(Qualified and Authorized)

50 v to less than 1000 v no contact 3

From 1000 v to 15 kv 0.7 3.5

Above 11 kv to 66 kv 1 4

Above 66 kv to 132 kv 1.5 4.5

Above 132 kv to 220 kv 2.5 5

Above 220 kv to 330 kv 3 5.5

Above 330 kv 4 6.5

*Not qualified for electrical works

43
2–14–31 A worker should be employed to give warning signals to the operator while the crane is operating within
the boom length of the" safe approach distance" from power lines.
2-14-32 Crane shall be grounded using a ground rod, permanent grounding conductor, or a ground mat when
working in a relatively permanent place nearby electrical hazards or wireless transmission towers, with daily
examination of the grounding cable.
2-14-33 When working nearby power lines, the user in control of crane will be responsible for ensuring that the
necessary permit is obtained, and the PCC (Power Control Centre) is notified.
2-14-34 Any accident involving electric short-circuit must be reported to the concerned division(in the applicant
entity), the loss prevention section , so that needed inspection and maintenance could be performed.
2-14-35 In case of (that) two or more hoists work in the same area, operators must keep in contact with each other
by radio.
2-14-36 Only one qualified signal man shall be designated to give signals to crane operator, and shall stand in a place
so the operator can easily see him, and if he used manual signals, he must be close enough in order that
signals can be clearly seen, and his place shall allow him a full view of the load and equipments at all times, so
he would not be liable to any danger.
2-14-37 Cranes should be subject to periodic testing according to the manufacturer's recommendations, and no
crane shall be operated without posting the necessary crane testing sticker of, or when the time that test
time is overdue.
2-14-38 While crane is being transferred from on place to another, the following should be considered:
2-14-38-1 The telescopic arm is folded
2-14-38-2 To make sure that power take-off (PTO) for the operation of accessories, is disconnected.
2-14-38-3 The hook is tied to crane body.
2-14-39 Operation directions of each crane type shall be fully observed.

44
2-14-40 Standard manual signals for the hoist

45
2-15 Aerial Basket Equipment
The purpose of the following work instructions and procedures is to prevent accidents during the use of
aerial basket equipments, and these instructions describe the operation of booms with aerial basket
equipments that are used for works in the departments of power transmission, distribution and sub-stations
works.
2-15-1 General Rules
2-15-1-1 A work permit must be obtained from concerned party before starting the work.
2-15-1-2 Testing of lifting control devices must be performed daily before use, and adhering to operation and
maintenance manual issued by the manufacturer must be observed
2-15-1-3 A label must be placed on the boom illustrating load limits to be complied with and not exceeded.
2-15-1-4 Aerial basket shall only be operated by qualified personnel.
2-15-1-5 Boom and basket shall not be used as a derrick or crane to lift and unload. materials or instruments unless
they were designed for that.
2-15-1-6 Vehicle chassis must be grounded before starting work, and all persons shall remain away from the truck
during operating the boom near energized conductors.
2-15-1-7 Upper part of the boom shall be furnished with a ring to attach the safety strap.
2-15-1-8 All power operated tools shall be disconnected from their power supply when they are not in use and shall
be put in a suitable storage position or lowered to the ground.
2-15-1-9 Electrically operated tools shall not be used during work from a basket equipped with provision for
pneumatic or hydraulic tools.
2-15-1-10 Employee must make sure that hoses or lines extending to cutting machines or other tools will not entangle
with the operating levers which operating the boom.
2-15-1-11 No excess materials or tools shall be stored in the basket
2-15-1-12 Basket must be covered when not in use.
2-15-1-13 No attachments shall be made or holes drilled in baskets unless that was permitted by transportation
department.
2-15-1-14 Materials must not be placed in truck around the boom base as it will hamper the operation of turning
cables.
2-15-1-15 Existing instruction of the company shall apply to the work being performed by using energized tools, which
stipulate the use of rubber gloves, sleeves and rubber protective equipment (line hoses, hoods, blankets,
protectors, etc…). Also apply to the work from aerial basket.
2-15-1-16 Rubber protective equipment are installed or removed, wherever possible, from a safe position below
conductors or apparatus.
2-15-1-17 If leakage occurred in pressurized air or oil line, the basket shall be returned to its stored position and
compressor or engine shut down before operation. No attempt shall be made to stop a leak or slow a leak
down by using hands, feet or other body parts.
2-15-1-18 Employee must be sure of the vehicle/equipment/tools cleanliness, and they are free of leakage residues and
other oils that may cause accidents or injuries.

46
2-15-1-19 The grounding wire shall be totally unfolded and fastened to a metal column part of which immersed into
the ground.
2-15-1-20 All employees working on a basket shall fasten the approved safety belt and tighten it

2-15-2 Travel Procedure

2-15-2-1 Attention should be made to the presence and location of aerial lines and surrounding objects before
moving a truck/equipment to working area.
2-15-2-2 Vehicle/equipment must be moved slowly and by directions given by a person standing on the ground so that
he can see the driver and vehicle course clearly and without any obstacle whatsoever especially when
moving backwards.
2-15-2-3 Truck/equipment shall never be moved with the boom extended in the work position. (it shall be un
extended and secured to the respective belt).
2-15-2-4 Travelling heights shall be posted in vehicle/equipment cabs so that drivers will be able to maintain a safe
clearance under wires, cables, bridges and trees.
2-15-2-5 Riding in the basket is prohibited while the vehicle is moving, but in exceptional special cases that can be
allowed for certain jobs if the vehicle/equipment was moving for short distances very slowly, after the basket
has been put back to cradle position for each move, such a move shall be made only after checking all
clearances have been checked and authorized by a person in charge, however, riding in the basket must not
be allowed while the vehicle is moving and visibility is poor.
2-15-2-6 Vehicle/equipment shall not be allowed to move counter-traffic flow and that should be avoided by making a
change on the work plan if needed.
2-15-2-7 Operator shall always face the direction in which the basket is moving, and he has to be certain that the path
of the boom or basket is free of any obstacle on his course of motion.
2-15-2-8 When it is necessary to move the boom over a street or highway, necessary precautions must be taken to
avoid accidents with other vehicles or any passers by.

2-15-3 Preparation at Working Site

2-15-3-1 Operator shall plan his work and position the vehicle/equipment so that all movements will be made
safely. In addition, ground at the working site must be examined carefully to ensure that vehicle/equipment
wheels and outriggers are resting on a firm support.
2-15-3-2 Protection of workers, vehicles and equipment must be ensured, and flashing lamp shall be operated to
warn the moving vehicles and pedestrians at all times while work is being implemented, and all rules relevant
to the use of barricades, signals, cones and flags must be applied.
2-15-3-3 Driver shall be certain that nobody in vicinity would be likely subject to injury while lowering stabilizers,
outriggers or hydraulic jacks.
2-15-3-4 When using the aerial basket, outriggers shall be used and brakes shall be applied.
2-15-3-5 wheel chocks (props) shall be placed under the wheels wherever there is a possibility that vehicle/equipment
might move, and at all times, while the basket is in operation.
2-15-3-6 Substantial pads shall be used to support the outriggers if the ground surface is unstable, whether it is paved
or otherwise, however, these pads shall always be used when the vehicle/equipment is positioned outside
the paved streets or highways, also, exceptional care must be exerted when positioning is in the sand.

47
2-15-4 Operation Processes at Working Site
2-15-4-1 Operator shall be assigned the responsibility for all works required for operating and use the basket, and
returning the boom to the cradle position, also, work area must be surrounded using a warning tape.
2-15-4-2 Basket should not be entered or left unless it is safely positioned or at the ground level; beside that, climbing
shoes particular to the technician of transmission lines shall not be used while working in the basket.
2-15-4-3 After entering the basket, operator shall fasten himself with the upper boom using the approved safety strap,
and the body belt used especially in the basket before moving the basket.
2-15-4-4 Operation of the basket and boom's control devices shall be done only by qualified, well-trained personnel
who have showed excellent skill to do so.
2-15-4-5 Before starting work, operator shall run the control devices of the boom and basket to ensure they are in
proper working order.
2-15-4-6 No more than one person will be allowed to ride a one man basket at a time.
2-15-4-7 Operator should always be aware of clearances of the boom and basket, and should look normally in the
direction of basket motion.
2-15-4-8 In cases where the basket is to be used in energized areas, rubber gloves and sleeves must be worn before
moving the basket from its original position; they will not be taken off until the basket is back to its original
position.
2-15-4-9 Operator inside the basket shall control the basket at all times except in emergency or when basket
operation is being tested from the pedestal.
2-15-4-10 If it is necessary to operate the control devices from the pedestal, when the basket and boom are near
energized conductors, operator must wear rubber gloves.
2-15-4-11 Employee shall not enter or leave the basket by walking on the boom
2-15-4-12 Workers are not allowed to move from the basket to a pole or structure or vice versa.
2-15-4-13 Workers should always stand firmly on the basket floor, not climb over or sit on the basket edge, or use
plank, ladder or other devices as a work position.
2-15-4-14 Workers are not allowed to fasten their belts on to an adjacent pole, structure, or equipment while working
from the basket.
2-15-4-15 Boom or basket or knuckle should not come in contact, at any time, with the main, secondary or service
energized conductors.
2-15-4-16 Tools and materials should not be thrown from or to elevated basket.
2-15-4-17 Operator is not allowed to extend the basket outside the working area that has been surrounded with barricades.
2-15-4-18 During the implementation of work from the basket around energized conductors or equipment, caution
must be taken while raising or lowering the tools and energized between the ground and basket, to ensure
that lines will not come in contact with energized equipment, also, caution shall be taken by the personnel
present on the ground nearby a truck /equipment for the same reason.
2-15-4-19 Employees are not permitted during their work on the same pole or structure of the sub-station or from
a basket truck/equipment to work at the same time on energized lines or equipment of different phase or
polarity, and so, they have to use an insulated rope to handle the tools and kits during the work.
2-15-4-20 Basket shall never be used to lift cables, wires or conductors.

48
2-15-5 Ground Works
2-15-5-1 The passing of any materials or articles are not allowed to or from an employee on the vehicle/equipment,
or to or from an employee on the ground, unless both employees are wearing rubber gloves.
2-15-5-2 When working near energized lines or equipment, employees shall not contact the truck unless they wear
protective rubber gloves.
2-15-5-3 Before entering or leaving the truck/equipment , the driver shall make sure that the boom or basket is not in
contact with any energized equipment
2-15-5-4 Chassis of truck shall be grounded before starting the work on any electric line.

2-15-6 Inspection
2-15-6-1 Any person assigned to operate a basket truck and its auxiliaries shall check the equipment and operate the
empty basket using controls on the pedestal, putting through its normal working position at least once each
day before use, and the following checks must be performed:
2-15-6-1-1 Check for oil leaks at hydraulic fittings, pumps or cylinders.
2-15-6-1-2 Check hydraulic and remote control hoses for any twisting or chafing.
2- 15-6-1-3 Check for undue wear of cables and moving parts
2-15-6-1-4 Report any defect, abnormal sound, or malfunction to the supervisor immediately.
2-15-6-1-5 Do not operate a defective until repairs are made.
2-15-6-2 Basket truck shall be inspected by the transportation department and be issued with inspection sticker.
2-15-6-3 Electrical tests shall conform to the conventional international standards, knowing that tests could be
conducted by using direct current instead of alternative current which are approved by the equipment
manufacturer or the respective equivalent entity, and shall be considered as equivalent test.

49
Section Three
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

50
Section Three: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Article Subject Page
3–1 General Rules 52
3–2 Head Protection 52
3–3 Eye and Face Protection 53
3–4 Ear Protection 53
3–5 Respiration System Protection 54
3–6 Hand Protection and Work Clothing 54
3–7 Feet Protection 55
3–8 Safety Belts and Rescue Ropes 55

51
3–1 General Rules
3–1–1 The immediate supervisor shall be responsible for providing the approved Personal Protective
Equipment(PPE) in a good condition and make sure that they are being used, tested and examined (if they
are of the tools or equipment that are to be tested or examined) on a period basis. They shall be used in the
restricted locations and places in which workers may be exposed to hazards, as well as whenever the safety
instructions indicate the same such as the guide signs.
3–1–2 The responsibility for taking care of the personal safety gears and the use thereof shall fall upon the
employee even if inspections and periodical testing of some of them are made by other employees, since
that such inspections and testing do not exempt the employee from his personal responsibility with regards
to the Equipment allocated to him or that which he uses. Defect Equipment must not be used and must be
immediately return for replacement.
3–1–3 The guiding and warning signs related to the use of personal safety gear within the work sites must be
followed.

3–2 Head Protection
3–2–1 All employees must wear the head protection helmet in the following cases:
3–2–1–1 Construction, maintenance of electric lines and when working in power transformation plants and power
generation plants.
3–2–1–2 Excavation works.
3–2–1–3 Operating electrical switches and disconnects.
3–2–1–4 Wherever warning signs are available indicating that head protection helmets are to be put on within the
area.
3–2–1–5 All other places and works in where employees are exposed to any danger that may cause head injury.
3–2–2 Physical characteristics of the hard hat such as painting or puncturing the safety helmet must not be made in
whatsoever form or manner since the same would reduce the efficiency thereof.
3–2–3 The hard hat shall have no accessories which are electrically conductive.
3–2–4 Helmets with flammable front shall not be worn in places where arc welding or open flame exists.
3–2–5 Head protection is achieved by using protections conforming to the specifications and standards approved
for each type of work.

52
3–3 Eye and Face Protection
3–3–1 In order to protect the eyes and face at work, special protection consistent with the nature of work shall be
used, including eye protection that is similar to diving goggles in the places where any danger that may cause
an eye injury; such hazards include:
3–3–1–1 Parts of scattered objects that are relatively big such as parts in places where concrete cutting, carving,
chiseling or punching and coarse grinding works.
3–3–1–2 Dust and small flying particles (such as in the places where cleaning by sandblasting or, metal works, sawing,
grinding, cutting using thin saw , peeling and cleaning by pneumatic equipment).
3–3–1–3 Metal scattering (such as welding spray or lead molding).
3–3–1–4 Hazardous gases, vapors and liquids (such as acids, caustics, ammonia and similar liquids and gases).
3–3–1–5 Harmful radiant energy (such as gas and electrical welding).
3–3–2 Safety spectacles shall not be used instead of goggles (which are similar to the diving goggles) in the above
mentioned cases, but they must be used for protection from the impact hazards, during operating or
performing work in electrical facilities that require opening and closing of switches or fused cut-outs,
installing or removing primary voltage taps and mechanical jumpers. It is also recommended to be used
during operating or performing work on electrical facilities where an accident flash may occur.
3–3–3 Special protection glasses must be used when performing gas welding works.
3–3–4 During electric arc welding or cutting, a face shield for welding or manual welding protections must be used
along with the goggles, slaves and aprons conforming to the international specifications and standards and
hard hats.
3–3–5 During welding and cutting using gas, dazzling protection glasses or any other type approved for eye
protection must be used, lenses of the protection glasses must be of shading suitable for use in such works.

3–4 Ear Protection

3–4–1 Ear protections are to be used in the areas where the average level of employee's exposure to noise equals
85 dBs or more for eight working hours or more.
3–4–2 Ear protection must be used in the areas expected to have high level of noise.
3–4–3 Approved ear plugs or ear muffs conforming to the specifications must be used.
3–4–4 Employees shall have to maintain the ear protection gear in a good condition.
3–4–5 Levels of noise must be periodically monitored by measuring the level of noise at least once every two
years; in the event of any change to the operations, equipment, or control devices which results in exposure
to new levels of noise, the level of noise must be re- measured.
3–4–6 The medical service of the Saudi Electricity Company shall develop a program for examining hearing of
all workers in all sites at which the employees are exposed to noise hazards and shall provide the Industrial
Security Department with the results of examinations.

53
3–5 Respiratory System Protection
3–5–1 Respiratory system protector must be used in the areas where harmful quantities of dust, fume, gases or
vapors exist.
3–5–2 Respiratory protection equipment must be selected of an approved type according to the type of the
pollutant material provided that the use thereof is safe within the work area taking into consideration the
percentage of the pollutant in the air, the percentage of the oxygen, exposure period and breathing rate of
the employee.
3–5–3 Dust masks are used for protection against non-toxic dust.
3–5–4 Respirators with chemical-filters cartridge shall be used only in areas where constant supply of fresh air, the
particular type of chemical cartridge shall be, that which applicable for type of contaminant as follows:
3–5–4–1 Chemical cartridge type respirators shall be used only in areas where the contaminant rate is less than 1%
by volume of air.
3–5–4–2 Canister type gas masks which are approved to purify certain contaminant may be used only in areas where
the concentration of the contaminant does not exceed 2% by volume of air.
3–5–5 Employees must have thoroughly knowledge about the various respiratory protective equipment, the
correct usage, limitations and dangers before using them.
3–5–6 Self-contained breathing apparatus or any other approved type of respiratory protective equipment shall be
used in the areas where the surrounding atmosphere is immediately hazardous to life or health as follows:
3–5–6–1 Hose masks shall be used only up to maximum of 90 meters maximum away from the source of fresh air.
3–5–6–2 Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be used when conducting any gas test or when it is necessary to
work at a distance exceeding 90 meters away from the fresh air source.

3–6 Hand Protection and Work Clothing

3–6–1 Employees shall wear work clothing disbursed by the company and protection equipment conforming to
the international specifications and standards for protection against heat, flame, hot metals, radiations and
chemicals, in addition to any other protection gear whenever and wherever necessary.
3–6–2 Rubber gloves conforming to the international specifications and standards must be used with a leather
protection and sleeves when employees work on electrical equipment or power transmission lines or
otherwise.
3–6–3 With respect to electric welding or cutting, gloves conforming to the international specifications and
standards, sleeves, aprons, ankle and leg protections must be used.
3–6–4 Chemical- proof clothes must be used in the areas dealing with hazardous chemicals.
3–6–5 Employees working on electrical works must avoid wearing jewels, key chains, or other metallic pieces on
fingers and arms, because it is possible that such metal pieces contact an active electric circuit.
3–6–6 Employees shall wear approved work clothing conforming to the international specifications and standards
according to the work type and the circumstances under which the work shall be performed.
3–6–7 Baggy clothes, hanging sleeves, ties or gloves (especially the cotton) shall not be worn around or near the
rotating machines or parts thereof but they must be fit.
3–6–8 While working on or close to energized lines or equipment which require employees to wear long sleeves
shirt, shirt sleeves must be kept expanded to the full.

54
3–7 Feet Protection
3–7–1 All employees shall adhere to wearing safety shoes conforming to the international specifications and
standards which are provided by their departments at their workplaces.
3–7–2 All employees shall comply with t using of safety shoes at entering an area requiring the same.
3–7–3 Employees working near saws and portable mechanical equipment and chemicals handling shall comply with
putting on the safety shoes special for protecting the whole legs.
3–7–4 Supervisors shall disburse safety shoes to the employees under their supervision and shall ensure that all
employees put them on during the work.
3–7–5 Safety shoes disbursement and approval shall be subject to the regulations of the company.

3–8 Safety Belts and Rescue Ropes

3–8–1 Employees working on scaffolds or pallet, at 3 meters height or above, must be equipped and protected
with a safety belt connected to a rescue rope.
3–8–2 Safety belts and ropes must be used for the heights of 1.5 meters or more on the posts, towers, or other
external buildings.
3–8–3 Employees working in closed areas, such as tanks, sewerage tanks, boilers, tunnels, vaults, and pipelines must
be equipped with safety tools and rescue ropes in addition to the other protection gear, including
respiratory device, in addition to the ventilation means and a suitable communication means.
3–8–4 Rescue ropes, belts and safety bands are used for protecting the employees and not for other purposes.
3–8–5 Rescue ropes, belts and safety bands must be inspected prior to the use thereof and those in which wear
and tear, cut, or damage is detected must be excluded from service.

55
Section Four
General Rules for Electrical Operation & Maintenance

56
Section Four: General Rules for Electrical Operation & Maintenance
Article Subject Page
4–1 General Rules 58
4–2 Work Permit 59
4–3 Rubber Gloves 60
4–4 Line Hoses, Insulating Covers, Blankets & Line 61
Guards (Rubber Protective Equipments)
4- 5 Rubber Sleeves 62
4–6 Disconnecting & Insulating Stick 62
4–7 Working on Energized Line or Equipment 63
4–8 Grounding Lines & Equipment 64
4–9 Batteries 66
4–10 Locking Stations & Enclosures 67
4–11 Testing the Meters & Relays 67
4–12 Street & Road Lighting 68
4–13 Safe Approach Distance (Limit of Approach) 68
4–14 Safety & Devices Interlocks 69
4–15 Tools 69
4–16 Qualified Supervisor/Safety Inspector 70
4–17 Warming Tags 71

57
4-1 General Rules
4-1-1 The electrical safety rules should be read and understood carefully, and the superiors are required to ensure
that all employees are fully aware of and well-acquainted with these rules, while the employees should be
familiar with safety and operation measures, first-aid requirements, firefighting and rescue techniques by
receiving a good training on these measures.
4-1-2 The employees should follow the warning signs provided by the Saudi Electricity Company, and they are
required to alert the other individuals who are in danger near the energized equipment.
4-1-3 The employees working at hazardous places should comply with the general rules pertinent to the work
permit procedures, the electrical circuit switching and program and hold tags procedures.
4-1-4 The employees should report to their immediate supervisor and safety section at once in case of any of the
following:
4-1-4-1 Any defect in the overhead lines or equipment, which may endanger the employees and the public such
as the hazardous loose wires, damaged insulators or poles and the like, and there should be sufficient means
to prevent accidents.
4-1-4-2 The lines or equipment, which may be accidently energized as the pipes, metallic roadblocks, lighting stands
& fixtures, sagging ropes or trees.
4-1-5 The employees whose functional duties do not require them to handle the equipment and power lines
should keep themselves away from their places, and they ought to refrain from working at the places where
any objects or matters may fall down from those individuals working at elevated places. Tools should not be
placed in an elevated or unfixed place to avoid their falling or unintended dropping.
4-1-6 The maintenance staff should be aware of and well acquainted with the maintenance procedures.
4-1-7 All employees working on or near energized lines should take into account all hazards associated with their
work to ensure their own safety and safety of the public, other employees, property and the electrical
network.
4-1-8 Equipment operator should ensure the existence of all safety rules defined in the equipment operation
manual approved by the manufacturer in addition to safety guidelines provided by the company.
4-1-9 At all times, the equipment and power lines should be considered energized unless it is ensured that they
are disconnected and grounded properly, and if they are ungrounded, that means they are energized and
caution must be taken in the following cases:
4-1-9-1 The electrical transformers/devices are energized unless they are disconnected from all sources of electrical
supply and grounded.
4-1-9-2 Upon working on the electrical transformers/devices connected to the lines, it is important to ensure that
they are isolated and grounded to avoid any feedback of electrical supply, and they must be isolated from
any secondary electrical supply before carrying out any work.
4-1-9-3 All metallic parts that carry no electrical current in energized equipment and they are not properly
grounded, shall be considered as energized at the highest voltage to which that may be subjected.
4-1-9-4 While working on the poles, facilities or near energized lines or equipment it is important to wear clothes
or jacket with insulating long sleeves.
4-1-9-5 Each employee should avoid working on circuits or apparatus from a position that a shock or slip would
bring his body toward exposed energized parts, and it is important to work all times from below rather than
above energized electrical circuits or apparatus.

58
4-1-9-6 Employees who work on electrifying or energized parts and insulated from the ground should not exchange
tools or other objects with other not insulated employees from ground.
4-1-9-7 Jumper connections shall be attached first to the de-energized part then to the energized and the removal
shall be in the reverse order.
4-1-9-8 It should not be depended upon the insulation of the mechanical jumper cable but it must be covered by the
protective devices as the case in any other energized conductor.
4-1-9-9 Employees authorized to perform electrical works should comply with the safe approach distances while
carrying out any operation or maintenance works on switches, circuit breakers or any other parts in which
an electrical arc may occur during operation. The employees who are not authorized to work on electrical
systems should keep away and not approach these systems until they obtain the non-electrical work permit.
4-1-9-10 Tools should be lifted or lowered – except those tools usually hanged on the belt - from one place to
another in a specific container made of sackcloth or fixed on the safety belt. Sharp-headed tools such as
(axes, handsaws, knives…etc), must be placed in a protective bag or in other approved cover.
4-1-9-11 In case of troubles after storms that require intervention, all wires shall be considered energized at the
highest voltage to which the lines are subjected, therefore, they shall be handled by proper protective
equipment until being properly grounded.
4-1-9-12 It is prohibited to use hand axes in overhead works.
4-1-9-13 Materials or tools shall not be thrown or tossed towards any other employee in any direction, appropriate
ropes for lifting and lowering the tools. Should be used.

4-2 Work Permit

4-2-1 No person working in a restricted or hazardous area will be authorized to work on any equipment or a
part of a line related to the operating of a generation power plant or the transmission & distribution lines
until qualified person obtains a permit to carry out these works; i.e. inspection, maintenance, testing,
construction works on lines or equipments irrespective of whether these equipments in or out of service or
energized or isolated.
4-2-2 The persons who are under training and of lack experience are not allowed to work on equipment or lines
connected to the electrical current or near them except under the direct supervision of an on-site
responsible officer qualified and has the sufficient expertise.
4-2-3 Employees who do not usually work on power lines or equipment but access to their places as required by
their works should work under the supervision of a qualified person.
4-2-4 In case the employee is not assured of the safe performing of his assigned task, he should request
instructions from his immediate supervisor or line observer.
4-2-5 The supervisor of work should comply with the conditions contained in the general instructions of work
permit issued by the industrial security sector to determine authority of work in the company's restricted
area.

59
4-3 Rubber Gloves
4-3-1 Care of Rubber Gloves
4-3-1-1 The rubber gloves with approved leather protectors should be used and not to use leather protectors as
work gloves.
4-3-1-2 Before using the gloves, it is important to test them by air and inspect them twice a day at least before use
and it is preferable to carry out that at the beginning of each working shift and at any time when there is any
doubts concerning their condition.
4-3-1-3 Rubber gloves should be maintained in suitable bags or containers when they are not used.
4-3-1-4 Rubber gloves should be returned to the lab to be cleaned, inspected and dielectric tests during the period
determined by the company's specifications or at any other time when their condition is in doubt.
4-3-1-5 Upon receiving new gloves from the factory, they should be dielectrically tested and labeled to indicate that
they have been tested and to determine the next test date before giving them to employees.
4-3-1-6 Employees should not wear rubber gloves when they are turned inside out
4-3-1-7 Rubber gloves that contacted oil or any other chemical substances should be returned to the lab be cleaned
and be dielectrically tested labeled to indicate that they have been tested and to determine the next test
date.

4-3-2 Rubber Gloves for Low-voltage Electrical Works

4-3-2-1 Low-voltage rubber gloves shall be issued for particular types of works on the conductors or equipment that
energized 480 volts or less.
4-3-2-2 Rubber gloves should be worn with the leather protectors while working on relays or control device wiring
in cubicles or stations the restricted areas where its voltage is less than 480 volts.
4-3-2-3 In case of working in narrow spaces, it is important to take caution and ensure the use of insulating rubber
gloves to prevent any electrical shock or shorts.

4-3-3 Rubber Gloves for High-voltage Electrical Works

4-3-3-1 The high-voltage rubber gloves with leather protectors shall be used at all times when an employee is
on pole or structure or when he is close to any electrical conductor or device which is or may become
connected to alternating electrical current with voltage ranges between 500 to 36000 volts. Gloves should
be worn before leaving the ground.
Reaching Distance: is the maximum distance which an employee can approach with fully extended hands
and fingers in addition to the length of any conductive equipment or materials being handled and may cause
any contact with any conductor or equipment nominally energized as above.
4-3-3-2 Rubber gloves should be worn for high voltage when:
4-3-3-2-1 Operating fuse cutouts, stick or manually controlled gang operated air break disconnect switches.

60
4-3-3-2-2 Pulling in wires or handling electrical conductive material close to energized lines or equipment.
4-3-3-2-3 Installing or removing electrical poles close to energized lines or equipment.
4-3-3-2-4 Standing on the ground and operating handles located outside the body of truck, basket of the truck or
similar equipment when used in or near energized lines.
4-3-3-2-5 Operating or inspecting the underground equipment such as transformers, oil filled switches and circuit
breakers, oil filled cutouts, cable terminals, disconnects or any other equipment with operating voltage
over 480 volts.
4-3-3-2-6 While using a rod to clean ducts which contain energized cables and wires and while pulling out any
abandoned lead cables from the pipes that carry energized cables.
4-3-3-2-7 While placing or removing line hoses lines, hoods, blankets, protectors and other protective equipment.

4-4 Line Hoses, Insulating Covers, Blankets & Line Guards

(Rubber Protective Equipment)
4-4-1 The objective of using the rubber equipments is to protect the employee from any accidental and
unintentional contact with energized conductors. Grounded conductors and parts, should be used to
protect the employee properly.
4-4-2 All rubber equipment should be kept in a safe condition at all times and any equipment that show defects
must be returned for testing and replacement if necessary.
4-4-3 Protective rubber products should be visually inspected prior to use, and both the user and the person in
charge or supervisor are required to ensure that all Rubber Protective Equipment (RPE) are fully inspected
to ensure that bear no holes, tears or any other defects.
4-4-4 Upon storage, the rubber protective equipment (RPE) should be kept in a dark and moderately cool place,
and they should not be placed in a location that may damage them by other tools or equipment and should
be placed in boxes on shelves.
4-4-5 Upon storing the protective rubber products in a truck, it must be provided with particular compartment to
prevent damage from the other tools or equipment.
4-4-6 Rubber mat (blanket) should be rolled while stored in trucks and be protected against damage when not used.
4-4-7 To avoid any corona or ozone damage, the rubber protective equipment should not be left at night in its
place on energized lines or equipment without permission from the immediate superior.
4-4-8 Protective devices that are left on wires or equipment for a week should be sent to the lab to be inspected
and tested.
4-4-9 Rubber materials should not be stored when they are wet they should be thoroughly dried before stored
and using.
4-4-10 Rubber materials shall be kept free from any oil, and if the rubber materials come in contact with any oil,
they shall be cleaned and retested before using.
4-4-11 Before starting work on or near energized equipment or circuits, all lines, conductors or grounded surfaces,
which an employee may become in contact shall be covered by approved rubber protective equipment
(except the part of the conductor over which work will be carried out).
4-4-12 Rubber protective equipments shall be returned to the laboratory for washing, inspecting and electrical
testing each six (6) months or whenever required.

61
4-5 Rubber Sleeves
4-5-1 Rubber sleeves in addition to rubber gloves and leather protector should be worn for additional protection
according to the estimation of the person in direct charge of the work or the employee himself to avoid any
contact between the arm and any conductors or equipment energized above 480 volts.
4-5-2 In addition to the rubber gloves and leather protector, employees should wear rubber sleeves while working
at or within falling or reaching distance that may bring the employee in contact with any circuit, which is or
may be energized above 480 V, or electrical equipment, metallic surfaces, transformers or any other parts
that may become energized at any voltage during the humid weather or storms.
4-5-3 When it is required to wear rubber gloves with leather protectors and rubber sleeves, the employee should
wear them before he reaches a falling or reaching distance of unprotected energized circuits or apparatus
which are or may become energized. The employee should not take off these protective clothes until he
becomes entirely outside the falling or reaching distance of those circuits or apparatus.
4-5-4 In addition to the above requirements related to working on energized circuits and apparatus, rubber
sleeves, rubber gloves with leather protector should be worn in the following cases:
4-5-4-1 Operating the air circuit breakers or that which use SF6 gas (Sulfur hexafluoride)
4-5-4-2 Opening, closing or removing fuses, fuse doors, electrical circuit breaker even when using a fuse removing
device.
4-5-4-3 Carrying out tests to determine whether the lines are de-energized, placing and removing the grounding
equipment.
4-5-4-4 Working near or over the series connected road lighting circuits even if they are disconnected from the
source of power.
4-5-4-5 Placing wires or handling any electrically conducting matters near energized lines or equipment connected to
electrical current.
4-5-4-6 Installing or removing poles near energized lines.
4-5-4-7 Before removing sheath and sleeves from cables and joints, an opening or cutting cables until they are have
been proved to be de-energized by approved means and grounded at the work location. Leather gloves
shall be worn to avoid any wounds.

4-6 Disconnecting & Insulating Stick

4-6-1 It is an arm made of a dielectrically material and used in electrical works such as disconnecting, testing the
electrical voltage, discharging electrical charges and placing the grounding..
4-6-2 It is not allowed to use insulating stick on electrical circuits of voltage higher than the voltage written on the
stick and the manufacturer’s instructions.
4-6-3 The insulating stick should be checked as per the manufacturer’s instructions before use to ensure its safety
and freedom of any defects.
4-6-4 Before use, the insulating stick should be cleaned and wiped by materials specified for this purpose to ensure
non-condensation of water on it

62
4-7 Working on Energized Line or Equipment
The employees who work on or near energized equipment or lines shall comply with the following rules in
addition to the rules and precautions specified in item (4-1); work permit general instruction and hold tags
procedures.
4-7-1 Before starting work on the electrical equipment or lines, it is important to carry out test to determine
whether they are connected or disconnected (energized or de-energized). So, it is important to treat all
power lines or equipment as energized unless it is proven that they are disconnected and grounded (de-
energized) knowing that it is considered energized if not grounded.
4-7-2 Maximum voltages for any lines or equipments over which work is allowed to be carried out using rubber
gloves and leather protector as in table (4-1):

Table (4-1) Maximum allowed potential for using gloves

Potential tested practically by Maximum potential allowed for

Glove's category manufacturer (AC) Volt use (AC) Volt

00 2500 500

0 5000 1000

1 10,000 7500

2 20,000 17000

3 30,000 26000

4 40,000 36000

Source: ASTM
Note: in SEC the maximum voltage of any energized line/equipment which can be worked on by hand using only
rubber gloves (rated 20000V) and leather protector is 5000V
Above 5000 V, work shall be done while the lin/equipment is de-energized and grounded. Otherwise approved
energized tools must be used with complying to safe approach distance

4-7-3 Employees who are requested to work near the electrical equipments or lines should not proceed on their
work until they obtain a work permit and receive instructions on the safe work measures and with securing
their safety.
4-7-4 No person shall work alone in testing or experimental work except in routine testing when the energized
parts are properly guarded.
4-7-5 While working on de-energized lines or apparatus, the transformers installed on them should be
disconnected and the secondary coils of voltage transformer be opened and the secondary coil of current
transformers be short-circuited before starting work.

63
4-7-6 All electrical transformers should be fully disconnected from all power sources and grounded before
considering them to be de-energized.
4-7-7 All metallic parts that carry no electrical current in energized electrical equipment and not properly
grounded should be considered energized at the highest voltage to which they may be subjected.
4-7-8 While working near energized equipment or lines, employees should not use metallic tapes or those tapes
lines which contain metallic strands or rules surrounded by a metallic frame, metallic gauges or scales, rules
or hose surrounded by wires or ropes containing wire core.
4-7-9 Employees working on electrical equipments or lines shall take necessary precautions to avoid slipping or
electrical shock.
4-7-10 All ungrounded metallic parts of devices on switchboards should be handled as if they operate at the highest
voltage to which any part of the device may be subjected to unless the testing completely indicates that
these parts are de-energized.
4-7-11 Bare hands or fingers should not be used to check if the circuits are energized or not. The worker should
not remove or replace the fuses of energized circuits over 480V until wearing high voltage rubber gloves and
using an "insulating stick".
4-7-12 While employees working on the same pole or substation structure or from a basket truck, in no case shall
they work simultaneously on energized wires or equipment of different phases or polarities.
4-7-13 While working on energized parts and insulated from the ground employees should not exchange tools or
any other objects with non-insulated employees.
4-7-14 While connecting de-energized equipment or lines to energized equipment by using conducting wire or
device, employees should first attach the wire to the de-energized part. Upon disconnecting, it is important
to remove the source's terminal first and keep away the loose conductors from the exposed energized
parts.
4-7-15 While handling the portable motors or lamps, it is important to ensure that the external metal frame is not
by leakage from the energized internal parts. It is also important to install a proper grounding for the
metallic parts, and the portable devices should be inspected at least once daily during the period of use.
4-7-16 While working on energized lines or equipment it is important to apply the following preventive measures:
4-7-16-1 Insulate the employee from energized parts
4-7-16-2 Insulate the employee from the ground, grounded structure and potential other than the one being worked
on.

4-8 Grounding Lines & Equipment

4-8-1 It is important to refer to the circuit’s electrical schematic before disconnecting the current from the
equipments or lines before carrying out works on. After isolating of these equipments from all sources of
electrical power, all phase conductors shall be tested with company approved methods such as buzzing or
potential indicator to ensure they are de-energized and not charged with static electricity.
4-8-2 All voltage detector shall be tested before and after use, and the voltage lighting indicators should be
checked before and after use by either connecting them to an energized circuit or a spark plug of running
engine or any other approved methods. Further, the nearest conductor or lowest conductor to the
workman shall be tested first, and in case of the circuit conductors are broken, the approved testing device
should be used for each side before applying the grounding devices.

64
4-8-3 The approved grounding equipment should be used for grounding and shortening the circuit of all phases
conductors between all sources of potential and work place.
4-8-4 The grounding devices are to be installed on poles, towers and equipment adjacent to the work place or at
the nearest possible place to the worker. They shall be placed within the vision of worker whenever it is
practical.
4-8-5 Temporary grounding cables should be of a flexible & stranded conductor, approved by the company and
with a sufficient capacity to carry electrical current for operating the devices without any damage to the
cable, but it is not allowed to be less than a copper conductor (size AWG 2) or the equivalent. Its terminals
should be equipped with company approved clamps and can be applied with energized line tools.
4-8-6 The grounding devices should be checked before use to ensure there is no loose connections or broken
strands of the cable.
4-8-7 The grounding device should first be attached to the ground connection end, then securely attached to the
line or equipment on which work will be carried out, and the worker should ensure that all other employee
are at safe distance from the grounding place before making connections to circuit or equipments.
4-8-8 The grounding should be removed in adverse sequence of that followed in placing; i.e. to remove the end of
the grounding wire connected to the line or equipments first and then the terminal connected to the
ground.
4-8-9 Before working on the isolated equipment, the responsible employee shall ensure that it is free from any
static electricity.
4-8-10 Approved protectors should be used for eyes such as safety glasses and high voltage rubber gloves for high-
voltage electrical works while testing or grounding the lines or station equipment.
4-8-11 It is important to use the insulated stick in making the connection to power lines or equipment.
4-8-12 Employees should not change or disconnect the grounding equipment connected to the power lines or
equipments without a proper permission.
4-8-13 Before opening or closing any conductor (may be exposed to induced voltage or grounded by a connection
to neutral wire), it is important to install approved jumper across the point which will be opened or closed
to ensure continuity of the conductor’s operation.
4-8-14 The conductors should be cleaned by approved devices or before installing any personal grounding devices.
4-8-15 The electrical equipments and lines should be considered energized unless positively known that they are
disconnected from the electrical circuit and already grounded (if they are ungrounded, they are considered
energized).
4-8-16 Grounding equipment and potential detectors should be kept in a safe way necessary regularly.
4-8-17 While working on disconnected, isolated and grounded line (de-energized) and share another energized
line with the same pole or tower, it is important to deactivate the Auto-Recloser of the energized line to
prevent its automatic closure in case of disconnecting for any reason.

65
4-9 Batteries
4-9-1 Normal batteries release hydrogen gas during charging, which may cause the danger of an explosion or fire,
so closed places which contain a number of batteries shall have constant and adequate ventilation and
continuously make sure of their operation. Further, the use of flame or spark-generating equipment should
be forbidden in such places.
4-9-2 All components installed in battery rooms such as lighting switches and torches and emergency switches
shall be fire proof ones.
4-9-3 During the making-up the electrolyte for storage batteries, employees must:
4-9-3-1 Wear suitable protective equipment.
4-9-3-2 Always pour the acid into water because the reverse procedure may cause violent reaction.
4-9-4 Wear safety aprons, gloves and masks which are not affected by acids while doing any work on the batteries
except for the visual monitoring and inspection works.
4-9-5 Employees shall not handle the parts of the batteries connected to power lines unless taking the necessary
precautions to avoid electric shocks and electrical short-circuit.
4-9-6 Safety requirements for battery rooms and installation of eye washing machine shall be observed.
4-9-7 The methods used to dispose of old and damaged batteries shall observe ther environment preservation.

66
4-10 Locking Stations & Enclosures
All the sections of the station and facilities' gates containing the switches, breakers and energized high
voltage equipment shall remain closed and locked, except when the station or facilities are under the
supervision and control of a qualified employee.

4-11 Testing the Meters & Relays

4-11-1 No work shall be started until the appropriate lighting is available and it is not allowed the use of an open
flame for the purposes of illumination.
4-11-2 Extreme caution should be taken to prevent a short circuit and wrong operation of the equipment when
working on energized conductors or terminals of opposite polarity are close and non-insulated, such as
switch board and terminal blocks and the like.
4-11-3 All connections shall be securely connected so as not to fall or be pulled off and the tester shall make sure
that all the wires, jumper, test leads and instruments or other pieces of the test equipment are placed so
that walking near them will not lead to bump into or , or trip over them.
4-11-4 The use of test blocks is recommended, but in cases that they are not used, the following procedures should
be followed:
4-11-4-1 The tester should connect one jumper at a time.
4-11-4-2 Before connecting the jumper connection, polarity should be tested with an approved testing device
between the points to which the jumper is to be connected.
4-11-4-3 Fingers should not be used as testing devices.
4-11-4-4 When connecting jumpers, employees shall make sure that the free end is clear and it not be placed in the
pocket or thrown over the shoulder during linking making connections along with it shall be safely secured.
4-11-5 Before removing jumpers, a careful inspection shall be made to make sure that all connections have been
returned to the normal conditions and tight, otherwise the jumpers may be disconnected under load,
causing a dangerous flash and series interruption to clients. When the jumper connections are disconnected,
the free end shall be clear.
4-11-6 Employees shall not open the secondary side of a current transformer while it is energized.
4-11-7 To remove and install some types of fuses, approved fuse puller tool shall be used when removing and
installing fuse.
4-11-8 All tools must be kept in a good condition and properly insulated when used to work on energized
conductors or equipment.
4-11-9 Do not open or close any switch of any kind unless after making sure that it is the correct switch and that it
is properly identified.
4-11-10 When installing socket type meters, the padded canvas covers shall be available and used.
4-11-11 Tests should be conducted for short circuits or heavy loads before installing socket type meters.
4-11-12 All vacant or unused sockets of meters in service shall be properly sealed with a water proof cover.
4-11-13 Extreme care should be taken to avoid accidents due to a "feed back" on supposedly de-energized lines
supply in the line.
4-11-14 Do not use any cleaning liquids other than those approved by the Company.

67
4-12 Street & Road Lighting
4-12-1 Series street lighting circuits should be always considered energized unless they are properly grounded and
shunted, and employees should not contact to these circuits when working on other lines. Despite the fact
that street lighting circuits are usually disconnected during the daylight, they may be either energized for
tests purpose or be intersected with high-voltage conductor at a remote point so you should pay attention
to this matter.
4-12-2 The lights of series street lighting circuits shall not be considered as indicator of energized or de-energized
lines, where the circuit may intersect with high-voltage electric current without lighting the lamps
4-12-3 Jumper cables are used to avoid opening series street lighting circuits.
4-12-4 After connecting multi-circuits street lighting lamp to the secondary network, test shall be conducted with
an approved device to make sure that the lighting fixtures are installed correctly.
4-12-5 Before working on or around the multi-circuits street lighting network, make test with an approved device
to make sure that it is properly grounded.

4-13 Safe Approach Distance (Limit of Approach)

4-13-1 No employee shall approach or carry any conducting objects closer to any unprotected energized parts than
what is set out in table (4-2) except with approved protective equipment:

Table (4-2) Safe Approach Distance

Voltage (kv) Authorized persons (qualified Unauthorized persons *

and empowered)

Above 0.050 To 1 Prevent contact 3

Above 1 To 15 0.7 3.5

Above 15 To 66 1 4

Above 66 To 132 1.5 4.5

Above 132 To 220 2.5 5

Above 220 To 330 3 5.5

Higher than 330 4 6.5

* They are not qualified to carry out electrical works

68
4-14 Safety & Devices Interlocks
4-14-1 No mechanical or electrical safety device or interlock installed on equipment shall be bypassed, disabled or
otherwise made inoperable, without the permission of the concerned responsible manager.
4-14-2 It shall be ensured that these devices work properly through the following procedures:
4-14-2-1 These devices are designed to protect personnel and equipment, so they should not be disconnected or bypassed.
4-14-2-2 Check the setting and operation of the device as follows:
4-14-2-2-1 Mechanical interlock or draw out mechanisms must prevent the withdrawal or insertion of circuit breakers
in the closed position.
4-14-2-2-2 Safety shutters wherever provided should cover the (stab-in) ports automatically.
4-14-2-2-3 Limit switches should prevent over travel of the automatic devices.
4-14-3 Key interlock system shall be operated in a correct sequence and adjustment and/or lubricant shall be made
when necessary. Further. Instructions should be posted on complicated systems, especially where the
interlocks may be operated annually.
4-14-4 Spare keys should be identified and stored in the custody of the direct supervisor.

4-15 Tools
4-15-1 Metal measuring tapes , surveyor meal-faced leveling rods, tapes having metal strands woven in the fabric,
brassbound rules, metal scales, etc…shall not be used by employees when working on or near energized
electrical equipment or lines. Safe approach distance should be adhered as in item 4-13.
4-15-2 Workers should inspect safety belts and straps periodically looking for defects for defects, making sure that
they are in good condition.
4-15-3 Climbing equipment care and inspection (Refer to item 6-2).
4-15-4 When performing a work in a high place, all tools and small items should be raised and lowered in a canvas
bucket or an insulated container. This container shall also be used for storage tools and materials while
working. Tools shall not be stored on the cross arms or hooked over insulated pins, nor shall they hung
from the conductors or equipment leads with the exception of insulated-energized line tools.
4-15-5 Tools' bucket must be kept free of broken glass, porcelain, nails or braces and other materials which might
puncture the rubber gloves and protective equipment.
4-15-6 Pins and tackles used in the erection of pole type transformers should be carefully inspected each time
before use. Any equipment found to be defective shall not be used until be satisfactory repaired.
4-15-7 Do not throw tools and materials from the ground to the working position and vice versa.
4-15-8 Covering that is placed upon the tools shall not be considered an insulator or a substitute for rubber
4-15-9 Employees shall be careful when using the oil cans, tools or duster or wipers near moving parts of
machinery.

69
4-15-10 Oil cans made of magnetic materials shouldn’t be used near magnetic fields
4-15-11 Only duster and wipers made without wires and with non-conductive handles shall be used near the
exposed energized parts.
4-15-12 Metal measuring tapes or tapes or cords that contain metallic yarns should not be used in any place adjacent
to the exposed energized devices.

4-16 Qualified Supervisor/Safety Inspector

4-16-1 The employee is not allowed to hold or carry any conductive material inside place where there is hazards
of contact with energized lines or equipment unless this act is under supervision of a qualified supervisor.
This condition does not prevent a qualified employee working alone to correct the defects in the vacant
places by disconnecting the current or changing the fuses or otherwise carry any similar works if carried out
safely.
4-16-2 If the ropes, flags and barriers do not provide sufficient protection or if there is a breach of the safe work
distances, it is important to appoint a safety inspector and distribute and explain all his instructions to all
employees.
4-16-3 Safety inspector should be appointed to ensure safety of the employees while placing the ropes, barriers
or flags in a hazardous place to determine the hazardous areas before starting the work and when removing
them after completion of the work.
4-16-4 Safety inspector should be well-acquainted with the plan, place and hazards of all equipments of the station
and should be aware of the carried out works. The employee in charge of the works is not allowed to work
as a safety inspector himself because his duties are inconsistent with that of the safety inspector. As to the
short task consuming a short period, the employee in charge of the work is allowed to act as a safety
inspector if he can devote his interest to this duty.
4-16-5 Safety inspector should position himself in the most appropriate place as instructed by the employee in
charge of the work. While workers are carrying out their work on elevated roofs, the safety inspector may
position himself up to the level of the work and not on ground. He has power and authority to request the
exclusion of any worker if pays no regard to the hazard warnings or if continuously is doesn’t care of works
hazards.
4-16-6 If the safety inspector cannot monitor all personnel at the time, it is important to appoint additional safety
inspectors.
4-16-7 Safety inspector must devote all his attention to the employees under his supervision, instruct and warn
them when they approach near or work very close to energized parts and repeat this warning whenever
required. The employees should inform the safety inspector of any change in the work place and determine
the safe path of the new place.
4-16-8 Every person existing at the work area is under the supervision and command of the safety inspector.
4-16-9 Every person desiring to leave the work place should inform the safety inspector.

70
4-17 Warn Tagging
All lines, conductors and equipments in the station are considered energized at all times unless it is properly
disconnected from all sources of electrical power and grounded according to the procedures approved by
Saudi Electricity Company concerning the warn tagging and switching procedures.

71
Section Five
Underground Distribution Cables Network

72
Section Five: Underground Distribution Cables Network
Article Subject Page
5–1 General Rules 74
5–2 Low Voltage Underground Cables (Under 600V) 74
5–3 Installation 75
5–4 Grounding of Underground Distribution Cables 77
5–5 Underground Power Cables and Lines, Inspection Manholes 78
5–6 Cables Identification 79
5–7 Pulling Cables 79
5–8 Underground Distribution Cables Protective Equipment (More than 600V) 80
5–9 Operating and Switching Procedures 80
5–10 Underground Energized Cables and Equipment 81
5–11 Underground De-energized Cables and Equipment 82
5–12 Troubleshooting, Repair and Test 83

73
5-1 General Rules
There are major differences between underground and overhead distribution lines networks:
5-1-1 Underground circuits face number of problems, such entrance of moisture, corrosion and unauthorized
excavation that leads to cut of cables, failure and damage of insulation as a result of switching surges or
corona, and damage during installation. Underground cables and equipment are exposed to entrance of
moisture as a result of in splices, terminations, gaskets and connecting devises. Also, chemical corrosion or
electrolysis may damage any of the exposed metals installed as a part of underground cables distribution
network.
5-1-2 Increased exposure to ground soil, grounding installations and neutral conductor system.
5-1-3 Difficulty of identifying and distinguishing the location of energized equipment.

5-2 Low Voltage Underground Cables (Under 600V)

5-2-1 All underground cable works shall not be performed unless cables are de-energized and grounded
5-2-2 Cables must be assumed energized until otherwise is proved.
5-2-3 Before commence excavation works, cables path drawings shall be revised to determine their location and
to use cable identification device to obtain information about the cables at excavation area.
5-2-4 After removing asphalt layer, excavation shauld be done manually to expose all known cables at the point of
work and must inform the control engineer (or the concerned party) to take his permission before start
excavation.
5-2-5 After exposing the cables and before commence the work, must refer to the following:
5-2-5-1 Cable technical specifications.
5-2-5-2 Conformity of cable locations with the drawings.
5-2-6 The supervisor must locate the cable correctly.
5-2-7 The following procedures shall be taken before commence the work to ensure that the cable is de-
energized:
5-2-7-1 When baring low voltage cable, insulation must be removed using approved techniques.
5-2-7-2 Must ensure that the cable is not energized by removing the insulation at a small area and then testing by an
approved voltage tester.
5-2-7-3 Cable must be isolated by removing all low voltage fuses and should take the necessary precautions while
examining cable identification tags. Cables shall be tested at this stage to ensure that there is no low voltage
feedback. Low voltage fuses must be kept in a safe place to ensure the prevention of reenergizing the cables
in a wrong manner. Approved warning sign must be placed at the point of isolation and lockout low voltage
switchboard door using personal safety lock.
5-2-7-4 Cable shall be re-tested at the point of work to make sure that the cable is fully isolated and de-energized.
5-2-7-5 If the cable is still energized, the following shall be considered:
5-2-7-5-1 The isolated cable is the wrong cable.
5-2-7-5-2 Tags were put in a wrong way.
5-2-7-5-3 There is more than one source of supply.

74
5-2-8 If there is doubt at any stage during the operation that the cable is not a low-voltage cable, the worker shall
stop the work immediately, go out with others workers from the pit, contact the operation supervisor and
inform the control engineer.
5-2-9 If there is any doubt between any cable and high voltage cables, then high voltage cables must be put out of
service, determined according to the approved procedures and clearly marked before opening any low
voltage cable.
5-2-10 When there are other cables in an identified area, cables must be protected against non-intentional hit or
damage, when (climbing into or out of the pit) or (cable splicing).
5-2-11 When opening a wrong cable or the cable was damaged non-intentionally, must inform the responsible
engineer, isolate the cable before performing any repairs and take the necessary action to determine the
right cable.

5-3 Installation
5-3-1 Excavation Works
5-3-1-1 Before performing any excavation works, the responsible person must obtain work permit from the
concerned supervisor (issue of work permit) and gather the available information on about buildings, tubes,
cables and pipes underground surface and about other underground utilities.
5-3-1-2 Other buried cables and utilities, located directly adjacent to the site, must be located as practicable as
possible before start excavation.
5-3-1-3 Must be very careful when excavating in areas with underground utilities and the excavation must be
manually when approaching to the facilities.
5-3-1-4 Do not use mechanical excavation equipments except in the areas that have no danger of contacting
electrical cables or damaging other utilities.
5-3-1-5 Handles of all used hand tools must be made of nonconductive materials while excavating near energized
cables.
5-3-1-6 Excavations and trenches carried out in the public roads must be safely protected using barricades, warning
signs and flags and should be clear for pedestrians and vehicles and illuminated to be seen at night.
5-3-1-7 Employees are not allowed to work on or near any pit until being examined to make sure that no condition
exists my expose them to the danger of collapse or movement of soil.
5-3-1-8 Excavation walls and faces that expose workers to hazards shall be protected against soil movement by
using shoring system, sloping of the ground or otherwise supporting of sufficient strength to protect the
workers inside the excavation.

75
5-3-1-9 If there is damage to underground utilities (electric, gas, water, telephone, sewer, or other) the concerned
party shall be notified immediately, and the area shall be surrounded by barriers and the crowd be
prevented around the site until the removal of sources of hazards. If there is damage to gas or fuel pipeline,
the staff must do the following:
5-3-1-9-1 Leave the open excavations.
5-3-1-9-2 Extinguish the flames or any other sources that could ignite leaking gas or fuel.
5-3-1-9-3 Warn people in the area.
5-3-1-9-4 Notify the civil defense center.
5-3-1-9-5 Notify the Gas or Fuel Company immediately.
5-3-1-9-6 Notify the police.
5-3-1-9-7 Notify Industrial Security Operations at the operating area.
5-3-1-9-8 Keep the people away until the situation is under control.
5-3-1-9-9 Notify power control center (loads distribution center) immediately in case of damage of any cable.
5-3-1-10 Workers must wear personal protective equipments and take necessary precautions against weather
conditions, such as providing a shade for the workers inside the pit in case of hot weather.

5-3-2 Care of Cables

5-3-2-1 Cables shall be handled carefully.
5-3-2-2 Cables shall be located in places so as not to be subjected to direct electromagnetic interference, while the
cables installed adjacent to constructions underground surface, shall not be located over or under these
construction directly, but must follow rules of clearance.
5-3-2-3 Cables should be installed as straight line and direct as possible, and if it is required to make curves (bends),
cable curve must be wide enough to prevent damage of cable and must follow manufacturer
recommendations on this regard. Path of cable networks must be determined to allow safe access for
construction, inspection and maintenance.
5-3-2-4 Paths across unstable soil, such as mud and shifting soil, must be avoided, or across places exposed to other
physical hazards. If installation is necessary through areas include natural hazards, the cable must be
constructed in a way that protects it from damage.
5-3-2-5 Uncovered cables must be safely secured to provide protection against tripping or injury of workers or
public.
5-3-2-6 Energized cables should not be left without supervision unless protected by covers, barriers or warning
signs.

76
5-3-3 Cable Connectors
5-3-3-1 All cable terminations shall be properly connected or insulted, protected or grounded with approved
equipment by Saudi Electricity Company to prevent contact if circuit is accidentally energized.
5-3-3-2 When cable termination is performed at the ground level, must wear rubber gloves except in the following
cases:
5-3-3-2-1 Other cable end is grounded.
5-3-3-2-2 There is no source of electrical current.
5-3-3-2-3 Two cable ends are terminated at the same time.

5-3-4 Transformers and Equipment

5-3-4-1 All ground connections are prepared before the connection of the main or secondary cable to the
transformers or equipments.
5-3-4-2 All main terminals of the transformers must be protected properly to be kept clean and to avoid accidental
electrical contact, as the dirty connection may lead to electrical flash and may cause an injury.

5-3-5 Good Housekeeping

Good housekeeping is mandatory when installing underground distribution cable networks of housing.
Pieces of scraped cable either laid on the ground or accidently buried represent potential risks, such as
tripping of workers or public and can cause confusion when trying to identify cables.

5-4 Grounding of Underground Distribution Cables

5-4-1 All residential underground Distribution Cables and equipment, including services are assumed to be
energized until equipment has been proved proved to be de-energized by using test devices approved by
Saudi Electricity Company and then grounded properly.
5-4-2 When carrying out works on de-energized equipment or cables of distribution network, precautions must
be taken to avoid feedback from any possible source, including grounding of de-energized secondary
conductors.
5-4-3 All de-energized cables must be grounded at the nearest point from the work area unless that the two ends
of the cable are terminated at the same time.
5-4-4 All residential underground distribution cables shall be de-energized, tested for the existing of electrical
current and grounded before being connected or stranded.
5-4-5 After completion of high voltage test, the cable must be grounded properly to remove any electrical charges
before carrying out any additional work.

77
5-5 Underground Power Cables and Lines, Inspection Manholes
5-5-1 Manholes and vaults shall be properly located in order to provide it’s safe access. Openings shall be free
of protrusions that cause injury to workers or prevent them from prompt exit. Access openings should not
be directly above the cables.
5-5-2 Access doors shall be locked if they are easly accessed by public unless qualified persons are in attendance
of to prevent entry of unqualified persons. Such door shall be designed in a way that enables the person
inside to come out if the door is locked from outside. This rule is not applied if the only method of closing is
padlock and latching system designed to prevent lock from outside.
5-5-3 Supply cables and equipments are installed to provide the necessary protection against any accident that may
result from falling objects.
5-5-4 Door handles of manholes shall be in a good condition and must be maintained to avoid risk of slipping or
falling of the cover.
5-5-5 Workers shall not enter to manholes or vaults until ensuring that they are free of flammable and toxic gases
as indicated by SEC approved device.
5-5-6 Tests are conducted to determine the presence of flammable or toxic gases by qualified person, and this
employee shall ensure, prior to use the test device that the device is in a good condition.
5-5-7 If gas has been detected, proper procedures must be taken to expel dangerous gases and provide adequate
ventilation. Tests Should be repeated at regular intervals.
5-5-8 If it is necessary to open the cover of the manholes or the vaults, approved warning signs, barriers,
barricades or protective bars shall be put to provide protection to workers and to alert the public. These
warning signs, barriers, barricades or protective bars shall remain until the covers returned to their places.
5-5-9 When a worker entered to a manholes or vaults contains energized conductors, another worker shall be
stationed above the ground in the work area unless he is require to assist in the work in the manhole or
vault.
5-5-10 The workers shall always use ladders to enter or come out from a manhole. It is forbidden to enter into or
come out from manholes by climbing using braces or other equipment. During executing the work inside
manholes, the ladder must not be removed unless it hinders the work. If it is necessary to remove the
ladder from manholes, it shall be kept close at hand and ready to be lowered into the manhole, if needed.
The ladder must be put near from the manhole in a manner that does not create a threat to pedestrians or
vehicles traffic.
5-5-11 Before lowering materials, tools, hot lead or any other hot compound, any person in the hole shall be
warned to stand aside, and the person standing outside the hole shall not start lowering until the person
inside instructs him to do so.
5-5-12 Tools and materials must be placed in an orderly manner within the protected area and must not be left on
the ground around the manholes, where they could fall into the manhole. The person standing on the
ground surface shall keep tools and material at safe distance.
5-5-13 Furnaces and lead pots must not be put in a place subject to risk of being kicked or falling into the manhole,
but shall be placed aside far from the nearby traffic and at a place that does not allow to the melted tin to
flow into the inspection hole in case of overturning accidentally.

78
5-5-14 When using a vehicle, it shall be parked in a place close to the manhole or vault to provide the best
protection for the workers and public. The proper warning signs must be placed, as well as wheel chocks,
and shall make sure that there are no exhaust fumes entering to the manhole or vault.
5-5-15 Care should be taken when using and handling hot lead, paraffin or chemical compounds.
5-5-16 Covers shall be properly seated when replaced and bearing surfaces shall be free from dirt or foreign
objects that might prent them from fitting properly.
5-5-17 In case of emergency, if it is necessary for a worker to enter a manholes or vault, where is gas present
inside, he must wear an air mask, be equiped with safety harness and life line tended by another worker
standing on the ground surface.
5-5-18 When entering manholes or vaults for the first time, the worker shall perform accurate inspection
searching for sources of hazards that may exist, such as cracks or other defects on walls, roof, sumps or
floor ducts, evidence of sheath or insulator cracks in the cables or joints. Warning signs and tags shall
be observed. Any unsafe condition found shall be reported immediately to the supervisor.
5-5-19 Smoking is prohibited inside the manholes.
5-5-20 If it is necessary to use open flame in the manholes, additional precautions shall be taken to ensure adequate
ventilation.

5-6 Cables Identification

5-6-1 Before carrying out any work on the cable, the cable shall be identified by an approved method, and in case
of any doubt, the work shall not be commenced until the cable being identified by the competent party.
5-6-2 Manholes, vaults and cables schematics are necessary to identify cables properly.

5-7 Pulling Cables

5-7-1 Before cables are pulled into ducts, provision should be made to support both ends of the cable on racks in
the manholes, leaving cable ends on the floor of the manholes makes it vulnerable to run over or damaged
by other objects.
5-7-2 When pulling cables near energized cables or equipment, barriers and protective devices are used to
prevent contact, if there is any possibility of contact, all workers who handling or pulling the cable or the
rope shall use rubber gloves, and other persons shall be kept away from work site.
5-7-3 Workers shall not handle pull-wires or pulling lines within reaching distance near from concrete blocks or
sheaves, winch drums and take up rails stand within the angle of any pulling line.
5-7-4 Workers should not remain in manholes or vaults while performing pulling works that require great pulling
effort if they cannot stand away from the pulling line.

79
5-8 Underground Distribution Cables Protective Equipment (More than 600V)
5-8-1 High voltage rubber protective gloves with leather protectors shall be worn in electrical works in the
following cases:
5-8-1-1 Before opening any underground cable compartment or enclosure or fenced area in distribution network.
5-8-1-2 When removing of animals, vines, grass or herbs, which have grown in a facility contains residential
underground distribution lines, either equipment are opened or closed.
5-8-1-3 When working on energized secondary or service conductors and associated equipment.
5-8-1-4 When working on neutral or energized circuits.
5-8-2 While work is being performed on any energized residential Underground Distribution Cables or
equipment, workers shall wear long sleeve shirts and keep the sleeves fully extended.
5-8-3 If additional protection is required to prevent arms contact with energized conductors or equipment,
according to the instructions of the line supervisor who is in direct charge of the work or the worker,
rubber sleeves shall be worn in addition to rubber gloves.
5-8-4 If it is needed additional protection, insulating rubber mats shall be used to isolate the worker from the
grounds according to the voltages of electrical circuits used in the site. The worker must wear rubber gloves
while working on energized conductors.
5-8-5 When using mats to stand or kneel on, the under surface shall be free of objects that may damage the
insulation of the mat. Linen, canvas or any other mechanical protective material shall be used between the
mat and the bearing surface. Insulating mats shall be given a thorough visual inspection searching for damage,
cracking or contamination and shall be cleaned before storing.

5-9 Operating and Switching Procedures

5-9-1 All new primary cable insulation shall be measured before being energized
5-9-2 Before opening any enclosure associated with underground distribution system, proper barriers shall be
placed or precautions be taken to ensure that people are at safe distance from work area.
5-9-3 All residential Under Ground Distribution Cables and equipments shall be considered energized at all
times unless they are properly disconnected from the sources of electrical current supply and grounded
according to instructions of Saudi Electricity Company concerning switching and hold tags instructions.
5-9-4 When switching an energized circuit (including secondary breakers) and operating load breakers, energized
lines tools approved from Saudi Electricity Company in addition to rubber gloves with leather protectors
and eye protectors for high voltage electrical works shall be used.
5-9-5 Only connectors that are designed and approved for load break for connecting or disconnecting shall be
used for an energized circuit or equipment.
5-9-6 Proper work permit shall be obtained before starting any work,.

80
5-10 Underground Energized Cables and Equipment
5-10-1 Workers must wear rubber gloves while working on energized cables or equipment with voltage less
than 480 V (low voltage rubber gloves can be used instead of high voltage rubber gloves) in addition to the
necessary equipment provided by Saudi Electricity Company, to isolate persons from the ground, cables
and equipment or from the cable being worked upon. When opening and baring any conductor and before
commencing work on another multi conductors cable, this bared conductor shall be properly protected to
prevent the possibility of accidental contact.
5-10-2 Any work requires from the worker to open, connect or perform any other work includes removal of
normal insulating materials from the energized cables or equipment shall not be carried out.
5-10-3 Common neutral wire of the energized circuit (central wire) may be opened only after installation of suitable
jumpers.
5-10-4 Except for test works, the work shall not be performed on more than one energized secondary conductor
or one energized service conductor in one place. Protective devices shall be used to isolate or disconnect
the conductor from the other equipment.
5-10-5 Before implementing any work on an energized cable, other cables and all grounded equipment that may be
contacted during the work on the energized cable must be covered with rubber carpets or approved
insulator.
5-10-6 Workers shall wear rubber gloves with leather protective, rubber sleeves and stand on rubber mats or
insulated stands while cutting and removing energized cable sheathing or sleeves.
5-10-7 Residential primary underground distribution circuits are disconnected from the electrical current by
tripping one or more load breakers of Saudi Electricity Company.
5-10-8 After removing part of the lead sheath and the sleeve in a cable, the lead in each end of the hole must be
covered with insulating tape to a distance specified by the approved maintenance procedures.
5-10-9 When it is required to cut multiple-conductor cable, a piece of fiber or wood must be placed between the
conductor being cut and other conductors. The cut shall be made directly over the shield.
5-10-10 When cutting each conductor of a multi-conductor cable into two parts, the two ends shall be immediately
insulated before cutting another conductor. During the work, only one un insulated conductor is bared at a
time.
5-10-11 When working on energized pad mounted transformers and other equipment, a worker shall be appointed
to observe them while covers and doors are opened. At all other times, energized equipment shall be closed
and secured.
5-10-12 When standing on rubber mats, the under surface must be free from any obstacles that may damage their
insulation. Sackcloth or any other mechanical protective means must be used between the insulator and the
bearing surface.
5-10-13 The tools approved form Saudi Electricity Company, rubber gloves and eye protective equipment for
energized lines shall be used when opening an energized circuit and operating circuit breakers.

81
5-10-14 Precautions that shall be taken when switching:
5-10-14-1 Switching works on high voltage switchgears must be performed by qualified and authorized worker.
5-10-14-2 Before commence switching works on lines of voltage above 480 V, the operator must check the status
of the breaker, determine whether the equipment are in a good condition or not and check the level of
the insulating medium. If the level of the insulating medium is less than the normal level, he must inform his
supervisor and seek his advice. If the line or the equipment is disconnected from the electrical current by
another switch, the operator or his supervisor shall request performing preventive maintenance.
5-10-14-3 When the worker hears unusual sound (buzz) from the switchgear, he shall not start operation and inform
his supervisor and seeks his advice.
5-10-14-4 It is not allowed for any worker to stay near the switchgear while performing operation works other than
the authorized worker.
5-10-14-5 Switchgear operator must wear adequate protective equipment before performing switching, such as
approved safety goggles, high voltage rubber gloves, safety helmet, suitable cloths and dry electricity
insulated safety shoes.
5-10-14-6 C-type manual fire extinguisher must be provided at easy access place in each vehicle to be used by the
operators and operation & Maintenance team. The units must be in a good condition and ready for use in
emergency case.

5-11 Underground De-energized Cables and Equipment

5-11-1 When disconnecting cables or equipment from the electrical current, the following rules must be observed
in addition to switching hold tags procedures:
5-11-1-1 All underground cables and equipment are considered energized, and when performing work on them,
adequate protective equipment must be used until it is proved that they are de-energized after testing them
by SEC approved testing device and then shall be properly grounded.
5-11-1-2 Cables and equipment, on which the work will be performed, must be identified by tags on them or by
identifying manholes location, putting signs on the schematics or by using approved test devices before start
the work.
5.11.2 When disconnecting the cable from the electrical current, the following must be performed:
5.11.2.1 Tripping all switches and circuit breakers that may connect this cable with the power supply and place hold
tags.
5.11.2.2 Before performing any electrical tests, drilling, cutting or work on any ground circuits, the cable in the
manholes shall be determined accurately.
5.11.2.3 Test devices approved from Saudi Electricity Company are used to determine whether the cable is
de-energized or not.
5.11.2.4 All cable phase wires must be short circuited and grounded at each power supply and additional grounding is
placed near the work as near as possible to the work area.

82
5.11.2.5. If it is required to cut a cable, the cable should be drilled first to make sure that it is de-energized by using
an approved device unless it is found with no doubt by other means that the cable de-energized.
5.11.2.6. No worker shall stay in the manhole while drilling the cable.
5.11.3. If it is required to cut and remove de-energized cable passing through subsequent manholes, necessary tests
must be performed and the cable must be cut outside the manholes using cables hydraulic cutter.
5.11.4. When performing high voltage tests on the cable, all unauthorized workers must be kept away from the
place warning signs and barriers must be placed at all tends of the cable under test.
5.11.5. Upon completion of high voltage test on the cable, the cable must be properly grounded to remove any
charge that may generate by condensation before starting any additional work.
5.11.6. Cable tags and marks must be removed or attached only by qualified persons appointed by the line
supervisor.
5.11.7. Care must be taken when handling reels. All reels left standing must be blocked in place to prevent them
from rolling.

5-12 Troubleshooting, Repair and Test

5-12-1 Protective barriers must be used to prevent accidental contact with unshielded energized cables and
equipment while performing work underground surface or on pad mounted transformers.
5-12-2 Common neutral wire of the energized circuit (central wire) must be opened only after installation of
suitable jumpers.
5-12-3 Pumps used in pumping water in vaults that contain energized cables and equipment shall be equipped
with insulated non conductive hoses. When performing this process, high voltage protective rubber gloves
with leather protectors shall be used.
5-12-4 In case of fault of buried cables or equipments, faulty parts of the line should be inspected searching for any
clear dig-in or hazard above ground surface and then the proper procedures must be followed to isolate the
faulty area before energizing the circuit.
5-12-5 Upon completion of DC voltage test, the cable must be properly grounded to remove any charge generated
by condensation in the cable before starting any additional work.

83
Section Six
Overhead Transmission Lines

84
Section Six : Overhead Transmission Lines
Article Subject Page
6–1 Climbing Techniques 86
6–2 Inspection and Care of the Climbing Harnesses 88
6–3 Energized Line Operation 89
6–4 De-Energized Line Operation 91
6–5 Poles Hauling and Temporary Storage 91
6–6 Poles - Setting and Removing 92
6–7 Pole Hole Digging 93
6–8 Rigging Equipment 93
6–9 Stringing and Removing Wires 94
6–10 Bad Weather Conditions 96
6–11 Erection of Steel Towers 96
6–12 Transformers 97
6–13 Capacitors 97
6–14 Washing of Energized Line Insulator 98
6–15 Ladder Truck 99
6–16 Tree Trimming 99

85
All employees working on the Over-head Transmission Lines shall abide by all instructions and
guidelines as set out below as well as those outlined in Article 4-1.

6-1 Climbing Techniques

6-1-1 General
6-1-1-1 Before climbing a pole, an employee must ensure, inspect and test, that the pole is secured above and
below the ground. If there is doubt about the safety of the pole, an employee must not climb the pole until
the pole is firmly secured with enough supports and props.
6-1-1-2 If there are two or more employees concurrently on the same pole, the first must climb the pole upward to
his working position before the other can climb upward from the ground. Both employees must descent one
at a time.
6-1-1-3 Both hands shall be free while ascending or descending poles.
6-1-1-4 An employee must use a reliable safety rope to lift and lower equipment or materials after being in the
working point on the pole or structure.
6-1-1-5 When climbing, passing or working near energized wires or parts, the employee shall cover all conductors
and exposed ground wires and make sure not to protect such parts that he may come in contact, but also
any wires or parts that might become a source of short circuits or ground, including secondary conductors.
All other coverable equipment shall be covered.
6-1-1-6 Personal protective equipment shall be used if deemed necessary by the employee, as part of his body may
become within (0,61 m) away from any energized conductor or attachment where voltage above 480V.
6-1-1-7 Protective equipment shall be placed in such a way that allow workmen to work below wires or the
insulators located on the pole or the structure, starting with the nearest grounded parts to the workers and
cover them according to their distance from him. The safety Protective equipment shall be removed with
the same level of caution as the working below wires and insulators but in reverse order (i.e. the farther
equipment from the workman shall be removed first and so on).
6-1-1-8 Each employee shall take extreme caution when attaching his safety belt to its “D” ring.
6-1-1-9 No employee shall work on poles or high structures unless he is reinforced in his place with safety belts.
6-1-1-10 Safety belts shall not be fixed with insulator bolts or with the shekels of pole cross arms.
6-1-1-11 Before an employee can release his weight over the safety belt, he must make sure that the clamps are
firmly caught in the rings and that safety belt is secure.
6-1-1-12 Employees shall not attach any metal hooks or other metal devices to the body belt, steel chains or cross
arms shall not be used, but leather straps or rawhide straps with hard wood or cross arms made of fiber
should be used. The small tool bag shall be attached to the belt away from "D" ring. A (10 cm) section of the
body belt in the center of back shall be kept free of tools all times.
6-1-1-13 Employees working on site shall not speak or make any noises to avoid surprising or startling the workman
working upon energized parts whatever the voltage. unless the worker is aware of their existence

86
6-1-1-14 The lineman shall neither jump from, slide down a wooden pole nor glide from the working position to the
vicinity of ground level without using climbing gaffs.
6-1-1-15 Employees shall not wear climbing boots while performing works on the ground or when climbing on
ladders.
6-1-1-16 Employees shall not wear climbing boots while riding on or driving cars.
6-1-1-17 Employees shall not change stress on a pole by adding or removing wires before they make sure that the
pole can stand such altered stress.
6-1-1-18 Where possible, work shall be done on poles from a position below the insulators or wires being worked
on. The line man utility platform is recommended to be used.
6-1-1-19 The employee shall position himself away from the inside angle of the wire while pulling it into position.
6-1-1-20 Load pick up jumpers and mechanical jumpers shall be frequently inspected for any loose connection and
to ensure proper operation of the device for efficient contact. The rubber insulation on jumper cables
shall be inspected for any cracking or defects before use. If found to be doubtful, cables shall be replaced.
Jumpers shall be considered as any other energized wire and if they are located in working site, they shall be
placed to prevent accidental contact by the workman. Jumpers shall be returned every six months to the
laboratory to perform voltage tests on the insulation of the jumper cable.
6-1-1-21 When employees climb poles or other structures above or near commercial lines or communication lines,
they shall take care to avoid contact with the lines.
6-1-1-22 Where separation is inadequate and/or the climbing space is restricted which makes it possible for any part
of the body to come into contact with communication connectors, those connectors shall be covered with
protective equipment.
6-1-1-23 Communication lines shall considered as low voltage conductors which practically have the same voltage of
ground, except when they intersected by higher voltage supply lines. Care should be taken when working on
supply lines to make sure that no energized wire contact any communication line.
6-1-1-24 When working requires disconnecting of taps from a supply line, this shall be made where those taps meet
the Supply line whenever practicable. The disconnection shall be made in such a way that minimizes hazards
of having un-protected wire within the reaching distance.
6-1-1-25 When working along streets or highway, workmen shall take care to maintain safety lines from slipping away
into traffic roads.

87
6-1-2 Techniques of Climbing Steel Poles
6-1-2-1 Before an employee can climb a steel pole, he shall check and examine that the pole is secure above and
below ground, by making sure that there is no corrosion. When the safety of the pole is susceptible, he shall
not climb until the pole is efficiently secured and supported.
6-1-2-2 Climbing man shall be conducted using climbing gaffs and opening the anti-climbing harness at the location to
be climbed.
6-1-2-3 The climber man shall wrap the climbing rope around the pole or that brace carrying insulator, and shall
fasten the safety belt to its "D" ring.
6-1-2-4 The climber man shall maintain the safe approach distance, and during working in the vicinity of conductors,
such as washing by climbing, the climber shall use his climbing shoes.

6-1-3 Techniques of Climbing Steel Towers

6-1-3-1 The climber man shall climb using climbing bolts and shall wrap the safety belt around the fixed parts of the
tower.
6-1-3-2 The climber shall wrap the climbing rope around the steel tower and shall fasten the safety belt to its "D"
ring.
6-1-3-3 The climber shall maintain the safe clearance distance, when working in the vicinity of conductors, such as
washing by climbing where the climber shall use his climbing shoes.
6-1-3-4 Upon climbing, the climber man shall fasten the end of evacuation rope to the safety belt (the rescue rope of
at least 1.25 cm) and its carrying pulley with a part of the tower that is located over the working position.
The other end of the rope should be with the ground supporting team to fasten it to the tower.

6-2 Inspection and Care of the Climbing Harnesses

6-2-1 Body belts and safety straps shall not be left with sharp ended tools without caps when they are not in use.
If safety belts, straps and climbing shoes (climbers) are kept in the same container, care should be taken to
avoid any possible cutting or puncturing the material of the body belts or safety straps with the gaffs or
climbers.
6-2-2 The leather equipment shall be kept away from heat sources, such as stoves, heaters, radiators steam pipes,
or open flames.
6-2-3 Before storing the climbers, reliable caps shall be installed to the gaff of the shoes to protect the points and
edges of the gaff and to protect objects and person from accidental injury or damage.
6-2-4 Gaffs shall be inspected and checked frequently to ensure their lengths, widths, thicknesses, and profile of
the point and sharpness of the cutting edges. If any difficulty is encountered to getting the gaffs to hold in
a pole, an investigation shall be immediately performed to determine the cause.
6-2-5 The user of the climbing equipment shall inspect them before use and examine the leather or texture parts
for any cracks, cuts, tears, enlarge buckle tongue holes and narrowing down due to stretch or for hard and
dry leather.. The metal parts shall be inspected for any breaks, cracks or loose attachment or damage that
may affect its strength.

88
6-2-6 The employee shall keep his climbing equipment in good condition all times. In case of any damage or harm
makes them unsafe, he shall stop using them until they are repaired or replaced.
6-2-7 Leather parts of the climbing equipment shall be cleaned at approximately each six (6) months.

6-3 Energized Line Operation

6-3-1 The Company provides tools and equipment for working on energized lines at a voltage above 5000 volt
between conductors.
6-3-2 Only persons who are trained and qualified in the use of energized lines tools shall be assigned to work on
energized lines.
6-3-3 No working shall be conducted on the energized lines if atmospheric conditions reversely impact the
properties of the insulating materials or the safe use of energized lines tools.
6-3-4 The dispatcher or person in charge of the lines shall be informed before starting work on the energized
lines. The person in charge of the work shall conduct a meeting with the staff to discuss the plan details and
to distribute assignments. The crew shall be aware and thoroughly understand the job descriptions, safety
procedures and their full role in the works.
6-3-5 Only one operation shall be performed at the same time on the same pole or structure.
6-3-6 Working shall be performed from a secure and safe position by maintaining the minimum clearance from
energized parts. Changing the safe position shall not be made without ensuring the clearance and informing
other employees on the pole according to table (6-1):

Table (6-1)

Authorized (Trained) Regular Persons

Voltage (KV)
Persons (M) (M)

From 1000V to 11KV 0.7 1.2

> 11KV to 66KV 1 1.5

> 66 KV to 132 KV 1.5 2

> 132 KV to 220 KV 2.5 3

> 220 KV to 330 KV 3 3.5

> 330 KV 4 4.5

89
6-3-7 The main rule in safe energized line tools work is the adequate clearance (safe approach distance) between
the employee and all wires on the pole, including wires being worked on. In case there are lower voltage
circuits in the work location, the clearance (safe approach distance) shall be observed, and proper and
approved protective device shall be installed before performing any work on the high voltage line. The low
voltage circuits shall be covered with line hose and insulator (spiral insulating pipes) and insulator hood or
other suitable protective equipment and rubber gloves shall be used.
6-3-8 Only tools of sufficient length shall be used to maintain a safe clearance (safety approach distance).Employees
shall also ensure that their hands do not come any closer to the energized head of tools than the clearance
defined in item (6-3-6). In addition, the distance shall not be less than (70 cm) which is the safe distance
for working in the vicinity of equipment with voltage less than 11 KV. When using the insulation stick,
clearance shall be increased by (31cm)
6-3-9 Energized lines tools shall be regularly cleaned and inspected according to manufacturer instructions.
Electrical dielectric tests shall be performed at least once a year.
6-3-10 Only approved tools for energized lines work shall be used. The person in charge and workman shall
inspect them before the beginning of the work.
6-3-11 An approved insulating stick shall be used in the processes of connection, disconnection, isolation and as an
insulator between the conductor and the pulley rope.
6-3-12 All tools when they are not in use shall be kept in burlap bags, weather proof boxes provided for that
purpose or kept in the trailer. All tools stored in bags, boxes or trailers shall be kept in a dry, warm and
moisture-free place.
6-3-13 Energized line tools shall be transferred in such a manner that prevent any mechanical damage, and
protection against atmospheric condition shall be secured.
6-3-14 Upon the conductors are being untied from the insulators, the tie wire shall be cut or rolled into a coil so
that it cannot com in contact with insulator pins, cross arms or other portions of the pole during operations
6-3-15 Pole top guards shall be used when installing or removing poles in the vicinity of energized lines. All
personnel who may come into contact with the pole or equipment during work shall use rubber gloves with
leather protectors. Vehicle in use shall be grounded.
6-3-16 When operating a fused electrical circuit, a line stick of at least (2,44 m) shall be used. The employee shall
work from a position where he can use the maximum length of the line stick. Rubber gloves and eye and
face protection shall be used.
6-3-17 Works shall be performed only during good weather conditions. In case of emergency, precautions shall be
taken to maintain adequate safety distance to perform work safely.
6-3-18 Ropes, blocks and slings used for energized lines should be used for that purpose only and shall have the
same level of care and inspection for energized line tools.
6-3-19 Extreme caution shall be given during seating of conductors in the insulator grooves, and positive control of
the conductor must be maintained until the conductors tied on.

90
6-4 De-energized Line Operation
6-4-1 New Lines
6-4-1-1 Lines under construction shall be equipped with approved short circuit jumpers, and shall be installed and
properly grounded to ensure that is no potential difference between conductors while the work is in
progress.
6-4-1-2 The new overhead distribution line of voltage not over (2.4 KV) shall not be connected to the risers in a
station cables group (station Bay) nor to any in-service line in field until the line or any part thereof is
released to be under the jurisdiction of load distribution center or the Grid Control Center where the line
will later be connected according to approved procedures.

6-4-2 Existing Overhead Distribution Lines

6-4-2-1 All overhead lines and equipment shall be considered as energized lines and equipment, on which working
shall be performed using adequate protective devices until it is certain that lines and equipment are fully
de-energized by using company approved test devices and be properly grounded.
6-4-2-2 Before grounds are applied, lines and equipment shall be properly checked to be sure they are de-energized.
Rubber gloves and approved safety glass shall be worn during making tests and connections. All phase
conductors shall be checked by using company approved methods such as using "buzzing" or any other
potential indicators.
6-4-2-3 All tools and lines shall be properly grounded as per item (4-8).

6-5 Poles Hauling and Temporary Storage

After poles are properly prepared in the pole-yard, they are either placed in temporary store or hauled to a
line under construction. Extreme precautions shall be exercised and during pole loading, hauling and storing.
6-5-1 In no event shall anyone be permitted to stay on top of the pole when it is loaded or hauled
6-5-2 When the trailer is loaded, the poles shall be securely fastened with bands in at least three places.
6-5-3 When hauling poles, and one end of the pole is projects beyond the rear of the rig or the truck, a red flag or
red light must be placed at the rear end of the pole to warn pedestrians and traffic of the projection. In the
day time a red flag is used and during night or dark wheather conditions a non flashing red light is used..
6-5-4 Before the driver makes a turn with a load which objects beyond the end of the truck, in addition to the
use of signal lights, extra precautions shall be taken to ensure safe maneuver. An employee shall be assigned
to carry the flag and give signals when necessary.
6-5-5 When it is necessary to store poles in the place where they to be installed, they shall be placed in such a
manner that they will not hinder traffic.
6-5-6 If poles left overnight on, or near streets, highway or walkways, warning lights or warning signal shall be
provided so that they do not cause any danger.

91
6-6 Poles - Setting and Removing
6-6-1 Before climbing, if a workman suspects stability of the pole or pole structure, it shall be tested just below
the ground line with iron steel bar, screwdriver or other device. If strength of the pole is suspected, it shall
be fixed by bracing tying and /or guying or placing shackles as required before starting the work.
6-6-2 Employees not performing pole setting works shall be kept away of the work location.
6-6-3 When a new pole has been set next to unsafe pole, and the work will be performed on the unsafe one, the
two poles shall be tied together until all wires and equipment are removed.
6-6-4 When setting or removing poles located between or near energized conductors, precautions below shall be
taken:
6-6-4-1 Each and every employee outside the truck body shall wear rubber gloves and safety helmet.
6-6-4-2 No grounding wires shall be attached to poles being set.
6-6-4-3 No grounding wires (grounds) shall be left on the removed poles within a distance of (3 meters) from
ground.
6-6-4-4 Protective devices shall be used, if necessary.
6-6-4-5 Poles shall be set according to depths defined in the standards of the Saudi Electricity Company (SEC).
6-6-5 When setting poles treated with creosote oil, the following precautions shall be taken to avoid burns arising
out of getting into contact:
6-6-5-1 Gloves shall be worn.
6-6-5-2 Legs shall be covered as possible as practical with down over to the top of shoes.
6-6-5-3 Never touch eyes.
6-6-6 When climbing, lineman shall not stand on distribution boxes, cabinets, cables, cable messenger, guys or
self-supported cables which may be attached to the poles. When climbing wood-pole structures, lineman
shall observe the following:
6-6-6-1 Keep both hands free for climbing.
6-6-6-2 Weather cracks, hardware knots, and hardened surfaces shall be avoided to prevent any interruption of the
electrical circuit by the climber.
6-6-6-3 Long sleeve shirt should be worn with sleeves rolled down
6-6-6-4 Before climbing further step, the side of the pole being climbed on shall be inspected and footsteps shall be
looked at. Pins, brackets, braces, shackles or any other attachments shall not be used as hand or foot holds.
6-6-7 All spikes, broken insulators, etc must be removed. Signs or advertising boards which attach to poles by
governmental authorities and which constitutes hazards; coordination shall be conducted with the
company (SEC) governmental relationships representative to remove the same.
6-6-8 When a pole is substituted or removed, the pole shall not be cleared of all wires and cables until it is pre
fixed so that it will not affected by strain change in that might result from removing these wires and cables.
6-6-9 On pole replacement or pole removal works, no pole shall be cleared of all wires and cables until
temporary supports are secured firmly into place. Temporary supports means guys, blocks and tackles.

92
6-6-10 No employee shall step on or off trucks or touch any part thereof from the ground during the setting or
removal of the pole until it is firmly secured in such a way that prevents contacting with any energized
conductor.
6-6-11 Trucks shall be grounded during operating them near any energized lines or equipment.
6-6-12 If setting poles is done near public roads, a person shall be assigned for securing traffic, using necessary
warning signs.

6-7 Pole Hole Digging

6-7-1 Digging shall not be initiated unless necessary permits are obtained from concerned parties.
6-7-2 Worker shall not be permitted to do any digging at or near any excavations, until excavations are fully and
properly examined to ensure no collapse occurs in these excavations
6-7-3 Sides that are dug in a soft or non-solid earth at (1.55) deep or more, shall be secured or supported by
using any mean to protect workmen.
6-7-4 Sufficient means for exit (such as ladders) shall be provided when working on trenches of at least (1.30 m)
of depth. Those means shall be kept in near places so that workmen shall not take more than (8 meters)
to reach them, provided that ladder shall be in good condition and shall extend above the surface of ground
level by one meter and to be fixed firmly above the ground.
6-7-5 Signals that indicate to diggings shall be used in daylight, in addition, indicating lights shall be used at night.
6-7-6 If it is necessary to stop traffic, change its direction or minimizing width of the road, corresponding traffic
signs and lights shall be used after obtaining approval of the Traffic Administration.
6-7-7 At the preparation of pole hole:
6-7-7-1 Only authorized workmen shall be permitted to operate auger trucks.
6-7-7-2 Employees shall keep away from revolving auger of the digging machine.
6-7-7-3 All holes that are dug for setting or guying poles shall be guarded or covered.

6-8 Rigging Equipment

6-8-1 All ropes and pulleys shall be inspected by the supervisor before they are used. If any defects are found, they
must be properly fixed or replaced.
6-8-2 The age and condition of rope shall be taken into consideration before extreme tension is applied thereon.
All ropes shall be kept clean and may not be thrown directly on ground, but shall be place on a clean plastic
mat.
6-8-3 Diameter of the hand ropes shall not be less than (1,25 cm) for manila ropes or its equivalent.
6-8-4 Hand ropes shall not contain any metal except approved hooks or clamps.
6-8-5 Metal ropes (such as chains or strings) shall not be used in the vicinity of energized equipment (it is
recommended to use ropes made of nylon or fibers).

93
6-8-6 Ropes shall be made of approved material, taking into consideration that:
6-8-6-1 All materials and tools used by the lineman on the pole shall be lift and lowered using manual ropes or the
blocks and ropes, except those tools hanged in the belt.
6-8-6-2 The workman standing on the ground who is lifting tools and materials using manual rope shall stand away
and avoid standing directly under the load.
6-8-6-3 Avoid sudden jerks on lifting cables. Any contact with any lines or tools shall be avoided to prevent falling of
objects and to pay attention not to interference with the operation of services.
6-8-6-4 Vision shall not be abstracted while lifting any materials or tools. So, clear vision is required to allow warning
of people to the lifting process.
6-8-6-5 When it is necessary to lift or lower heavy weights, the block and tackle and ropes should be used, where
size of the blocks and ropes shall be chosen according to weight and size of the equipment to be lifted,
provided they are in good condition.
6-8-6-6 Hand lines shall be lifted up the pole while it is uncoiled, where its end is fastened to the tool belt.
6-8-6-7 No workman shall put his hands on ropes, chains or cables at places where they pass through the blocks.
They should not also stand near ropes, chains or cables or cables under tension which may shake and break.
6-8-6-8 The metallic lifting line shall not be taken above or near energized lines unless special precautions are taken
(such as covering energized conductors with protective equipment).

6-9 Stringing and Removing Wires

6-9-1 Before stringing operations are initiated, a meeting shall be held to explain job description and instructions.
During such meeting, work plan shall be outlined beside specifying tools and equipment, and grounding
device to be used, procedures to be taken, methodologies to be followed, safety measures and authorities
that must be consulted to obtain work permits and safe-clearances.
6-9-2 Necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent wires being strung or removed from contacting energized
wires or equipment.
6-9-3 To ensure further protection for workmen when stringing or removing any conductor the strung or
removed conductor, stringing tools device shall be grounded if there is possibility of accidentally for the
conductor to be in contact with any line energized with induced voltage.
6-9-4 When stringing or removing wires that cross over energized lines, suitable protective equipment or guard
structure shall be installed at the point of crossing as necessary, also the line being strung shall be grounded
from one end of crossover or shall be considered as energized.
6-9-5 When stringing and removing conductors, they shall be kept under control using adequate tension reels,
guard structure, tie lines or any other means to prevent any accidental contact with the energized circuits.
6-9-6 The parts of guard structure shall be sound and of adequate dimension and strength and adequately
supported.
6-9-7 Anchors, rigging devices and hoists shall be ample capacity to prevent loss of the lines. Manufacture
rating loads must not be exceeded for stringing lines, pulling lines, sock connections and all load bearing
hardware and accessories carrying the load.

94
6-9-8 Pulling lines and accessories shall be inspected regularly and be replaced or repaired when they are damaged
or when its reliability is in doubt.
6-9-9 Conductor grips shall not be used on the wire ropes unless they are designed to this application.
6-9-10 No worker shall be allowed to stand directly under the overhead works while the conductor or pulling line
is being pulled (in motion). Further, no worker shall be allowed to be on cross arms.
6-9-11 Working from structures shall be suspended when there is a risk arising from bad weather condition (high
velocity wind, sand storms, rains, etc.) except during emergency works, provided necessary precautions are
taken.
6-9-12 A reliable communication means (in terms of safety and readiness) shall be provided between the reel
tender and the pulling, rig operator.
6-9-13 Each pull must be snubbed at both end before next pull
6-9-14 When stringing wires near energized lines, the following steps shall be followed:
6-9-14-1 Prior to stringing parallel to an energized transmission line, a competent party shall decide whether buildups
of dangerous induced voltage will occur, or not especially when switching and ground faults. When such
dangerous induced voltage may exist, the employee and supervisor shall comply with provisions set out
herein in this regard (from 6-9-1 to 6-9-13), unless energized line tools and safety equipment are used
6-9-14-2 During wire stringing works near energized lines, stringing by tension method or other methods shall be
used so that it prevents any accidental contact between lines being pulled and any employee.
6-9-14-3 All pulling and tensioning equipment shall be insulated, isolated or effectively grounded.
6-9-14-4 All grounds (ground wires) shall be installed between the tensioning reel set up and the first structure in
order to ground each bare conductor, sub conductor and overhead ground conductor.
6-9-14-5 During stringing works, each bare conductor, sub-conductor and overhead ground conductor shall be
grounded at the first tower adjacent to tensioning and pulling device and in increments so that any point
shall not exceed (3.2 km) from a ground . All grounds shall be left in place until installation of conductors
is finished. These grounding wires shall be removed as the final phase of work except moving grounds
Installation and removal of grounds shall be placed and removed with insulating grounding stick.
6-9-14-6 Conductors, sub-conductors and overhead grounding conductors shall be grounded at all de-energized ends
or catch-of points.
6-9-14-7 A ground shall be placed at each side within a space of (3.5 m) from working area where conductors, sub-
conductors or overhead ground conductors are being spliced at ground level. The two ends to be spliced
shall be bonded together. It is recommended to perform splicing on an insulated platform or on a metallic
conductive metallic grounding mat, connected both to grounding wires. When using a grounding mat, it is
recommended to erect a fence of ropes around the grounding mat and be provided with insulated walking
way for access to the mat.

95
6-9-14-8 All conductors, sub-conductors and overhead grounding conductors shall be bonded to the tower where
it is necessary to complete the work on the transmission line. Working on towers with de-energized ends
requires grounding on all de-energized lines. Grounds may be removed as soon as work is completed,
provided, that the line is not left with open-circuit at the isolated tower at which work being completed
6-9-14-9 When performing works from tower or pole structures, all clipping installation staff, in addition to all others
working on conductors and sub - conductors or overhead conductors shall be protected by installing
individual grounds at each work place.
6-9-14-10 Wires shall not to be attached to or removed from any pole or structure, unless it is ensured that the pole
or structure withstand the variable tension force.
6-9-14-11 Wires being strung or removed shall be kept away from pavements, car entrances, lanes, streets, highways
at all times where it is possible. If impossible, flag carriers shall be assigned to stop or re-route pedestrians
and vehicles.

6-10 Bad Weather Conditions

In the event of the near approach of wind storms, lightning or thunder storm, all works on overhead lines
shall be ceased immediately.

6-11 Erection of Steel Towers

6-11-1 All cables, chains, ropes and blocks shall be of sufficient size and strength for safe raise, lower and sustain
imposed load.
6-11-2 Steel girder shall not ride on steel being hoisted nor ride on ball, hooks, cables or slings, nor slide down
ropes or cables.
6-11-3 When steel is being set, each member shall be securely bolted before supporting slings or cables are
released, and complete temporary bolting shall be done before erectors leave the member.
6-11-4 Tag lines shall be attached to the steel being lifted to guide the load towards the place where it shall be
installed.
6-11-5 Using steel strings directly with the tower parts is not allowed to avoid any scratching galvanized coat.
6-11-6 Safety straps shall be used and fastened to fixed steel girders.

96
6-12 Transformers
6-12-1 Extreme caution shall be taken when working on transformers, the case of all transformers that connected
to electric power supply is considered as being energized at full voltage unless they are effectively grounded.
6-12-2 When working on a transformer installation, the primary leads of the transformer shall be considered
energized at full voltage until the primary and secondary leads are de-energized or until it is definitely
determined that the secondary circuit to which it is attached is de-energized from any other sources.
6-12-3 At the installation or replacement of transformer, secondary voltage shall be checked before connecting
customer's equipment is energized. On transformer set (banks) the phase rotation shall be checked before
they are reconnected.
6-12-4 When working on pole mounted transformer, the following shall be observed:
6-12-4-1 When a workman is disconnecting a transformer or sectionalizing the cutouts of electrical circuit, an
approved switch stick shall be used in addition to eye and face protection. The workman shall work from a
position where he can use the maximum length of the switch stick.
6-12-4-2 Opening any type of electrical cutout lonely will not be considered as sufficient protection when working on
transformer unless it is grounded.
6-12-4-3 When working on a transformer, a workman shall de-energize it by removing the main and secondary taps.
6-12-5 Disconnect switches on high voltage lines and primary lines shall not be closed or opened by any means
other than the switch stick or operating gear provided this purpose. The person using the switch stick shall
make sure to his secure footing and enough space is maintained from other equipment. The workman shall
wear rubber gloves and eye and face protection. To pull a fuse or disconnect a primary cutout or doing any
other works that may cause a flash, he must wear rubber gloves in addition to use the insulating grounding
stick.

6-13 Capacitors
6-13-1 Capacitors' cases shall be considered energized objects unless they are grounded.
6-13-2 Before working on any capacitor or a group of electrical capacitors, the unit or the group shall be
disconnected, wait a period of at least 10 minutes (taking into consideration the manufacturer instructions)
until capacitors are discharged before starting installing protective grounds to short circuit and ground all
capacitor units located in the work site and nearby units that could be contacted.

97
6-14 Washing of Energized Line Insulator
6-14-1 A nozzle with pressure of at least 550 pounds per square inch shall be used.
6-14-2 Water of electrical conductivity exceeding 400 micro-moho /cm3 shall not be used, according to guidelines
applicable in transmission activity.
6-14-3 Electrical conductivity of water shall be tested by use of an approved device for testing water each filling
time.
6-14-4 Out riggers shall be used during washing process.
6-14-5 All washing on line insulator shall be suspended whether there are energized or de-energized lines in the
event of lightning or thunder storms.
6-14-6 The frame of the washing truck shall be grounded.
6-14-7 The user in charge shall ensure that all persons are away from the wash truck during wash operations.
6-14-8 A work permit shall be obtained before washing is started.
6-14-9 Table (6-2) defines the minimum safe work distance between water nozzle and the energized parts on which
insulators are being washed for different (voltages) and conductivity of wash water.

Table (6-2)
Water Less than 450 450 – 600 600–70 700–800
Conductivity µ mho/cm3 µ mho/cm3 µ mho/cm3 µ mho/cm3
Line Voltage / Distance Distance Distance Distance
KV (m) (m) (m) (m)

13 K.V 1.8 2.5 2.8 3.0

33 K.V 1.8 2.5 2.8 3.0

34.5 K.V 1.8 2.5 2.8 3.0

69 K.V 2.5 3.0 3.7 4.3

110 K.V 2.9 3.5 4.2 4.8

115 K.V 2.9 3.5 4.2 4.8

132 K.V 3.2 3.9 4.6 5.3

230 K.V 3.2 3.9 4.6 5.3

380 K.V 3.2 3.9 4.6 5.3

98
6-14-10 Safety of the grounding cable shall be checked to ensure it is compliant with approved standards and that it
is properly secured at both ends with the body of the truck and grounding bar. The cable shall be fully
extended before washing starts.

6-15 Ladder Trucks

During working from ladder truck, workmen shall belt themselves in. Ladder truck should be so positioned
as to minimize traffic obstruction. When trucks are parked, wheel chocks shall be placed and ladders shall
be lowered before they can move to another location. Direction of the truck or ladder shall not be changed
when the workman is still on ladder. Extreme caution shall be taken to avoid contacting with overhead wires
or obstacles.

6-16 Tree Trimming

6-16-1 General
Trees left to grow until they reach up overhead lines may cause several outages in the grid. Not only
do trees cause contacts to the grid with ground when the contact with conductors, but they also cause
burning of conductors. So, branches or broken trees may cause one pole or more to break when storms
rage. They can also cause damage or injury to people when individuals or children curiously try climbing
and make contact with energized conductors. So, it is necessary to perform regular inspection and abide by
the following safety rules and procedures and get permissions from householders when working near their
houses:
6-16-1-1 When branches of trees are close at hand so that they can not be trimmed unless circuit or the line is de-
energized, the circuit shall be disconnected and grounded.
6-16-1-2 All branches shall be trimmed evenly when they are crossing from one branch to another. All dry branches
that may affect energized conductor if broken off shall be removed.
6-16-1-3 Each workman working in tree trimming is not allowed to wear climbing shoes pole as the gaffs of climbing
shoes used with poles are not long enough to be penetrate safely into tree trunks. A wooden ladder or
overhead basket shall be used to reach for upper parts of the tree that does not tolerate the load of the
body.
6-16-1-4 Insulated tools must be used and rubber gloves shall be worn during the trimming works for branches that
may fall onto main conductors. Axes should not be used when working on trees. Large scissors and saws
shall be used.
6-16-1-5 It is not allowed for more than workman to work on one tree at the same time, unless in the judgment of
the person in charge, additional workmen are necessary for the work.
6-16-1-6 When trimming trees, large branches shall be securely roped so that they can be lowered safely after being
free from the tree. Before trimming untied trees with ropes, make sure all people are standing outside the
area of falling branches and that branches do not fall on conductor.
6-16-1-7 When trimming trees on traveled roadway, proper precautions shall be taken to protect pedestrians.
Warning signals, red flags or barricades shall be installed.
6-16-1-8 Workers on trees shall use safety belts, tying and suspending tools.
6-16-1-9 The safety line wrapped around the worker shall be crotched around a main trunk of other tree than that
being worked on, where applicable.

99
6-16-1-10 When working on multi trunk trees, the safety line shall be crotched around a main trunk other than that
being worked on.
6-16-1-11 Employee shall crotch the safety line in two different places if one crotch does not adequately protect him
from falling into energized conductors or falling back into tree trunk.
6-16-1-12 In the event of power transmission lines, the following clearance spaces shall be maintained between trees
and conductors (5 meters for lines of 110 – 132 KV and 10 m for lines of 230 – 380 KV). Trees shall be
trimmed before they come close to lines up to these clearance spaces.
6-16-1-13 Branch Removing:
6-16-1-13-1 Safety line shall not be used as a handling rope to lower branches or lumbers.
6-16-1-13-2 Before removal of any part of the tree is beginning, the employee shall first plan for himself how he can
perform this job safely, by choosing a safe work position for working and where the removed parts may fall.
Then, he can inform householders of the same when they are involved.
6-16-1-13-3 When trimming limbs or section of tree, durable, proper and approved ropes shall be used to lower them.
6-16-1-13-4 A workman in the tree shall always look around first and warn others before dropping any limb or stuff
from the tree.
6-16-1-13-5 When lowering heavy parts off the tree, employees shall not lowering ropes around their hands or bodies.
6-16-1-13-6 No cut limbs or branches shall be left hanging on the tree over night nor when leaving the tree temporary,
whether works are completed or not.
6-16-1-14 Branches Disposal
6-16-1-14-1 When loading cut branches along street or highways, trucks shall be parked so that it safeguards workmen
and public against danger.
6-16-1-14-2 No trunks, logs or bush, branches shall be moved in a way that create hazards for traffic course. Care must
be taken not to let any projections on the sides of the truck.
6-16-1-14-3 When loading brush on a truck, workmen shall not straddle or stand on the loaded brushes.
6-16-1-14-4 Location shall be maintained clean after finishing the work.
6-16-1-14-5 A first-aid box shall be secured with the staff.

100
6-16-2 Tree Trimming Near Energized Conductors
6-16-2-1 Wires located in the vicinity of trees being trimmed shall be considered energized unless they are proved to
be grounded.
6-16-2-2 Tree parts in contact or likely to contact with conductor energized on or above 300 volt shall be cut with
insulated tools. The worker shall wear rubber gloves with leather protectors and rubber sleeves when
making a cut. Parts (limbs) being removed from contact with wires are to be energized, so careful attention
must be taken to prevent limbs being removed to contact with workman body.
6-16-2-3 Workers shall avoid passing between or get into contact with energized wires. Clearance spaces shall be
maintained when working near high tension lines.
6-16-2-4 Workmen shall avoid removing tree limbs or branches from above energized conductors while other
workers are in trees below the conductors in the same space.
6-16-2-5 No parts of broken or fallen wires shall be handed.
6-16-2-6 When working in the vicinity of wires, workman shall tie his safety line so that it swings away from wires if a
branch slides or breaks.
6-16-2-7 Tree limbs shall not be dropped on connectors.
6-16-2-8 Ropes shall not be thrown over conductors or cross arms of the poles in order to use the conductors or
cross arms to make temporary support hitch or for pull.
6-16-2-9 Only dry ropes shall be used on trees through which energized connectors pass.
6-16-2-10 When using electrical apparatuses on trees, the supply wire must be kept away at a distance of at least
(1.8 m) from energized conductors. Rubber gloves with leather protector and rubber sleeves must be worn
during the use of such equipment near energized conductors or when making cutting limbs that might get
into contact with these conductors.
6-16-2-11 When using aerial basket, the employee must take care not to bring him or equipment to get into contact
with energized lines.

6-16-3 Tree Cutting

6-16-3-1 Trees to be trimmed shall be checked for any dead dry limbs that might break or for broken branches that
might still stuck to the tree and might fall and hurt workmen or equipment in work area.
6-16-3-2 Employees shall not be allowed to work on two adjacent trees if there is a risk that one might hurt the
other.
6-16-3-3 All attendants in the area shall be clearly warned before starting the cutting or dropping heavy parts off the
tree.
6-16-3-4 Persons not engaged in the cutting works shall be kept away from working area.
6-16-3-5 When cutting a tree starts, the task shall be completed before leaving the location.
6-16-3-6 When cutting trees or heavy parts thereof, all lanes, road and uncovered surfaces shall be protected, if
necessary with wooden props made of branches to avoid damage to properties.

101
6-16-4 Care of Tree Cutting Tools
6-16-4-1 Ropes shall be inspected before use and damaged sections shall be down destroyed or the rope must be
replaced.
6-16-4-2 Ropes shall be kept away from fire, acids, oils, chemicals and all sources of excessive heat.
6-16-4-3 Dragging ropes over rough surfaces and sharp objects such as rocks shall be avoided. Ropes shall be kept
away from cutting tools of sharp edge or pointed ends.
6-16-4-4 Trimmer saw shall be returned to its scabbard once it is not in use.
6-16-4-5 The cutting end (blade) shall be covered or protected with a sheath or other proper means when not used.
6-16-4-6 Axes shall not be carried over shoulders or used on trees.
6-16-4-7 Tools shall not be thrown or dropped from trees, but shall be raised or lowered using landlines.
6-16-4-8 The trimming tool shall not be placed over branches or parts of the tree nor shall be hooked on a wire or
rope.
6-16-4-9 Ladders shall be removed from the base of the tree when they are not in use.

6-16-5 Chainsaws and Power Trimming Tools

6-16-5-1 Chainsaws shall be placed over or against hard support when operated on the ground.
6-16-5-2 The workman shall grip the chainsaw with both hands during the entire operation.
6-16-5-3 Blade of the chainsaw shall be routed against the directed tree limbs before it is operated.
6-16-5-4 When necessary, chainsaw operators shall prepare the area around the operation location to make sure no
branches hinder the chainsaw or the operator.
6-16-5-5 All chainsaws shall be prepared with proper control devices that do not allow controls to be locked on
operation position.
6-16-5-6 Motor of the chainsaw shall be stopped in the following cases:
6-16-5-6-1 When working on any part of the chain or the cutting saw.
6-16-5-6-2 While moving chainsaw from one place to another.
6-16-5-6-3 While leaving the chainsaw unattended.
6-16-5-7 Gasoline driven chain saw engine shall be stopped when being refueled. If any petrol is spilled during
refueling, it shall be wiped out and cleaned before starting the engine.
6-16-5-8 No one shall come close to the chainsaw operator and shall keep away from the reach of saw while it is
in operating. While carrying the chainsaw, the motor or the engine shall be shut off and its blade shall be
pointed to back of the direction of travel.
6-16-5-9 The employee shall not hand over the chainsaw to another employee unless disconnection from power
supply is ensured.
6-16-5-10 Power tools shall not be left unattended if connected to power source.
6-16-5-11 Mechanical tools shall not be adjusted or repaired while they are connected to power source.

102
6-16-6 Chippers
6-16-6-1 Cutting tools shall not be parked directly under the tree being trimmed.
6-16-6-2 People shall not be allowed to stand near the machine while the chipper is fed with brushes.
6-16-6-3 Employees shall wear face shield and ear protection during feeding the chipper with brushes.
6-16-6-4 No employee shall be allowed to put their hands or any other parts of their bodies in the chipper while it is
running.
6-16-6-5 Metal tools or objects shall not be used to push brushes into the chipper. Wastes that may contain foreign
objects such as stones and nails shall be carried in a truck and may not be fed to the chipper.
6-16-6-6 Ignition key in the chipper shall be removed when it is left unattended.

6-16-7 Removing Wastes

6-16-7-1 When two or more people engage in trimming branches, they shall make spacing between one and the
other of at least 3 meters.
6-16-7-2 No damage shall be made to any nearby trees, crops, buildings or properties. No fires shall be started if
there is any doubt that they can be adequately controlled
6-16-7-3 Trees and branches shall not be burned in the vicinity of overhead lines and trees.
6-16-7-4 Burning shall only be done in areas defined by competent authorities and required permits are obtained.
6-16-7-5 Fires shall be extinguished, making sure they are controlled and no risk is there before employees can leave
work locations.
6-16-7-6 In no event shall any person be allowed to ride with the operator of waste removal equipment.
6-16-7-7 Equipment used in clearing and piling brushes shall be equipped with overhead guards (driving cabinet) to
protect the driver.
6-16-7-8 Employees shall not anchored equipment to fences, rails or facilities belong to others.
6-16-7-9 When driving out from right of way area and before emerging to road, brakes and brake lines shall be
inspected.

103
Section Seven
Power Transmission Line Network

104
Section Seven: Power Transmission Line Network
Article Subject Page
7–1 Climbing 106
7–2 Work on Power Lines 106
7–3 New Constructions 107
7–4 Circuit Breaker 108
7–5 Transmission Line Construction 108
7–6 Rigging Equipments 109
7–7 Wire Ropes-Safe Loads 110
7–8 Number and Spacing of U-Bolt Wire Rope Clips 111
7–9 Manila Rope and the Synthetic Rope 111
7–10 Safe Loads on the Three-strand Manila Rope 112
7–11 Safe loads on the New Synthetic Fiber Rope 113
7–12 Hooks and Shackles 113
7–13 Safe Operation Loads for the Shackles 114
7–14 Excavation requirements 114
7–15 Approximate Angle of Repose for the Sloping Sides of the Excavation 116
7–16 Trench Requirements 116
7–17 Minimum Requirements for Trench Shoring 117
7–18 Derricks and Mobile Cranes 118
7–19 Blasting Within the Boundary of Saudi Electricity Company 119
7–20 Qualifications of Blasters 119
7–21 Transportation of Explosives 119
7–22 Storage of Explosives and Blasting Agents 120
7–23 Explosives and Blasting Agents 120
7–24 Electric Blasting 120
7–25 Use of Safety Fuses 121
7–26 Use of Detonating Cord 121
7–27 Firing the Blast 121
7–28 Misfires 121

105
7-1 Climbing
When an employee climbs or descends, he uses two safety straps so that one of them is always around the
pole while he climbs past grounded attachments such as X -braces, cross arms or pole bands, etc…

7-2 Work on Power Lines

7-2-1 De-energized lines work:
7-2-1-1 Facilities shall be grounded according to the normal grounding procedures and the clamps and cables
approved by the company should be used.
7-2-1-2 Before connecting the grounds (Grounding wires), the line or equipments should be tested to ensure that
they are de-energized. Rubber gloves should be worn during tests and an energized line stick or an epoxy-
glass type switch stick should be used. The common name of this test is "Buss Test" and safety distance
between the worker and all parts usually energized should be maintained as in item (4-13) "Safe approach
distances".
7-2-1-3 Actual grounding of the lines and equipments should be carried out according to the approved practice set
out in item (4-8).
7-2-1-4 The grounding clamps should be placed at armor rods, the jumper loops, or other unstressed lengths
conductors.
7-2-2 Work on the remote power lines
7-2-2-1 While work is remotely performed on power lines, the safety of the aerial basket and the insulation of the
fiberglass lifting lever (and assurance that its surface is clean and free of scratches). In addition, the operation
of the aerial basket should be ensured and checked before operation.
7-2-2-2 The aerial basket and all equipments in use should be grounded.
7-2-2-3 Safety and insulation of all insulating sticks before starting work and their cleanliness should be ensured. In
addition, the sticks should be suitable for the electrical potential of the line to be handled.
7-2-2-4 The employee should wear the insulating gloves during the performance of work using the insulating stick.
7-2-2-5 The employee should not disconnect the conductors or jumpers if the load is connected to the line (to
avoid the spark that will be generated between the two conductors).
7-2-2-6 All insulating ropes should be examined and their safety ensured before use.
7-2-3 Work directly on power lines
7-2-3-1 When work is carried out on the power lines directly, the safety of the aerial basket and insulation of
fiberglass liver should be assured (cleanliness and lack of scratches of its lines should be assured), and ensure
that the ground is connected to the steel basket.
7-2-3-2 The employee should examine the energized work jacket and his conductive boots should be examined
before the beginning of work.
7-2-3-3 The employees should wear the special jackets and boots before mounting to the aerial basket.

106
7-3 New Construction
7-3-1 The new lines under construction near or within the power transmission lines track should be considered
as being energized lines and they will be grounded according to the grounding method approved by the
Saudi Electricity Company.
7-3-2 The vertical and horizontal clearance distances construction indicated in the following two tables (7-1 & 7-2)
should be taken into account in construction of the new power transmission lines.

Table (7-1) Vertical Clearance Distance from Conductor’s Sag

Type of Buildings Telephone Railway Highways Public Agricultural

Structure lines lines roads roads

Vertical Clearance Distance from the lowest conductors to the

Voltage
maximum sag (in meter)

Low (to 600 volts) 3.05 1.2 8.2 12 6 5

From 600 volts to 13.8 volts 3.05 2 8.5 12 7 6.7

From 13.8 KV to 33/34.5 KV 4 3 8.5 12 7 6.7

From 33 KV to 69 KV 5 3 15 12 12 12

Table (7-2) Horizontal Clearance Distances of Power Lines:

Type of Buildings Railway lines Highways General roads Agricultural

Structure roads

Horizontal Clearance Distance from the central line of the pole

Voltage
(in meter)

Low (to 600 volts) 2 15 15 12 12

From 600 volts to 13.8 KV 2 15 15 12 12

From 13.8 KV to 33/34.5 KV 2 15 15 12 12

From 33 KV to 69 KV 6.3 25 18 12 12

107
7-4 Circuit Breaker
7-4-1 During the work of the transmission lines technician above a permanently grounded section of the Circuit
Breaker (C.B), each entrance connection and every C.B tank should be grounded. The terminals of the C.B
should be grounded by standard grounds and the other double outlet connection and C.B room should be
grounded.
7-4-2 The heads of gas C.B contain gas at high pressure. and the pressure in high pressure compartment should be
properly relieved before the opening of the gas access ports, and the outlet valve should be opened and
then the door sealed with blots in place, loosened but not removed.
7-4-3 Sulfur hexa fluoride 6 (SF6): one of the types of the used C.B filled with SF6, and this gas is not toxic
but should not be inhaled. The powder that accumulates in the heads of the C.B may irritate skin, so it
should not be contacted.

7-5 Transmission Line Construction

Erection of the Steel Tower:
7-5-1 Before erection, all blocks, sheaves, and connections on gin poles shall be thoroughly inspected.
7-5-2 All cables, chains, ropes and blocks should have sufficient size, strength to safely raise, lower and sustain the
imposed load.
7-5-3 The steel to be lifted or the ball, hocks, cables or slings should not be ridded, nor cables or ropes used for
descending or climbing.
7-5-4 The persons standing on land should comply with the following rules:
7-5-4.1 Do not lift or swing loads over the employees working area.
7-5-4.2 Do not work or walk under suspended loads.
7-5-5 During the steel erection, every member should be securely bolted before the release of the supporting
cables or slings. In addition, complete sealing with temporary bolting should be done before the erection
personnel leave that member.
7-5-6 When the steel is lifted, tag lines should be attached to guide the load until it reaches the level at which it
will be erected.
7-5-7 Material bags and ropes should be used when lifting or lowering bolts, tools or materials.
7-5-8 The works of steel erection should be stopped during strong storms and wind or when a layer of ice is
formed over the steel.
7-5-9 All employees working on steel or handling steel, cables or other coarse materials should wear an approved
leather gloves and hard safety helmet.
7-5-10 Nails should be removed from the wood boxes rims when they are opened.
7-5-11 The persons who erect the steel should wear suitable boots according to the weather conditions while the
boots with rubber sole are advised to be used in the dry weather, noting that they will be slippery on the
wet metal.
7-5-12 The crane poles should be properly secured and fastened according to the crane type.
7-5-13 The crane poles should be securely fastened at the foot to prevent its separation during the operation.

108
7-5-14 Never use spliced wires for lifting.
7-5-15 Wood poles cranes should be of selected timber, free of injurious defects, and they should not be loaded
beyond the limit for which they are designed.

7-6 Rigging Equipment

7-6-1 The load rigging equipment for materials handling should be inspected before using them in every lifting
operation and as necessary during their use to assure that they are sound and safe, and defective rigging
equipment should be removed from service.
7-6-2 Rigging equipment should not be loaded with excess loads on the recommended safe operation load as set
out in item 7-7 table (7-3).
7-6-3 Rigging equipment should be removed from the work area when not in used so as not to endanger the
workers.
7-6-4 Welded steel alloys slings should have affixed label to indicate the size, grade, rated capacity and
manufacturer name.
7-6-5 The rated capacity of the hooks, oblong links, peer-shaped links, welded connections, mechanical coupling
links or other attachments when used with alloy steel chains should be at least equal to the rated capacity of
the chain.
7-6-6 Hooks clamps, links or bolts of job or workshops formed from bolts, rods, or the like and any other similar
attachments should not be used.
7-6-7 Whenever erosion appears at any point of any chain link, this chain should be removed out of service.
7-6-8 Tables should be used to define the safe operation loads of the different sizes and classifications of the
steel wire rope with improved strands and wire slings terminals with various terminals types . For sizes,
classifications and grades not included in these tables should follow the safe operation load recommended
by the manufacturer for specific identifiable products provided that a safety factor of not less than five is
maintained.
7-6-9 Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings should be covered with compression sleeves.
7-6-10 Wire ropes should not be secured by knots.
7-6-11 The following restrictions should apply to the use of the wire ropes:
7-6-11.1 An eye splice made in any wire rope shall have at least three full tucks.
7-6-11.2 Every wire rope to be used in hoisting, lowering or pulling loads should consist of one continuous piece
without knot or connection except for the eye splice in the ends of wires and endless slings.
7-6-11.3 Eyes should not be formed in rope wires and lifting slings by wire clips or knots.
7-6-11.4 When the use of U-bolt wire ropes clips is necessary, the table in item 7-8 table (7-4) should be used to
determine the number of clips and spaces between them (lifting equipments).

109
7-7 Wire Ropes-safe Loads (As in Table 7-3)

Table (7-3)
IMPROVED PLOW PLOW
SIZE STRANDING Permissible Permissible
Breaking Breaking
Strength (Tons) Working Loads Strength (Tons) Working Loads
in Pounds in Pounds
6*19 6.27 3308 7.19 2816

7/16” 8*19 7.09 2836 6.17 2468

6*37 7.82 3126 6.80 2720

6*19 10.70 4280 9.35 3740

1/2 “ 8*19 9.23 3692 9.02 3280

6*37 10.20 4080 8.85 3540

6*19 13.50 5400 11.80 4720

9/16 “ 8*19 11.60 4640 10.10 4040

6*37 12.90 5160 11.20 4450

6*19 16.70 6680 14.50 5800

5/8 “ 8*19 14.30 5720 12.40 4960

6*37 15.80 6320 13.70 5480

All permissible working loads are based on a safety factor of 5

110
7-8 Number and Spacing of U-Bolt Wire Rope Clips (As in Table 7-4)

Table (7-4)
Number of Clips

Improved Plow Steel Minimum Spacing

Drop Forged Other Material
Rope Diameter Inch (Inch)

1/2 3 4 3

5/8 3 4 3-3/4

3/4 4 5 4-1/2

7/8 4 5 5-1/4

1 5 6 6

1-1/3 6 6 6-3/4

1-1/4 6 7 7-1/2

1-3/8 7 7 8-1/4

1-1/2 7 8 9

7-9 Manila Rope and The Synthetic Rope

7-9-1 All cued splices in rope should be made in accordance with fiber-rope manufacturer recommendations.
7-9-2 For manila ropes, eye splices should contain at least three full tucks. In addition, the short folded
connections should contain at least six full folds (three on each side of the central line of the splice).
7-9-3 The knots should not be used instead of the splice.
7-9-4 Each synthetic web sling (nylon, polyester and polypropylene) should have a label to show:
7-9-4.1 Name of the trademark of the manufacturer.
7-9-4.2 Rated capacity for each type of hitch.
7-9-4.3 Type of material
7-9-5 The rated capacity should not be exceeded

111
7-10 Safe Loads on The New Three Stand Manila Rope (As in Table 7-5)

Table (7-5)
Single Rope Two-parts Slings
Approximate
Diameter in Perimeter weight per
inch (inch) foot (pounds) Breaking
strength Safe load 60 ̊ 45 ̊ 30 ̊
(pounds)

1/4 3/4 0.02 600 120 210 170 120

3/8 1-1/8 0.041 1350 270 470 380 270

1/2 1-1/2 0.075 2650 530 920 750 530

5/8 2 0.133 4400 880 1520 1245 880

3/4 2-1/2 0.167 5400 1080 1870 1530 1080

7/8 2-3/4 0.225 7700 1540 2660 2180 1540

1 3 0.270 9000 1800 3110 2545 1800

1-1/8 3-1/2 0.360 12000 2400 4150 3395 2400

1-1/4 3-3/4 0.418 13500 2700 4670 3820 2700

1-1/2 4-1/2 0.600 18500 3700 6400 5230 3700

1-5/8 5 0.744 22500 4500 7785 6360 4500

1-3/4 5-1/2 0.895 26500 5300 9170 7495 5300

2 6 1.08 31000 6200 10725 8770 6200

(1 ton = 2000 pounds)

112
7-11 Safe Loads on The New Synthetic Fiber Rope (As in Table 7-6)

Table (7-6)
Nylon Polypropylene
Diameter in Perimeter
inch (inch) Pound per Tensile Safe load Pound per Tensile Safe load
100 feet Strength (pound) 100 feet Strength (pound)
(pound) (pound)

1/4 3/4 1.54 1500 300 1.16 1200 240

3/8 1-1/8 3.5 3500 700 2.78 2500 500

1/2 1-1/2 6.06 6000 1200 4.76 4300 860

5/8 2 10.3 10000 2000 8 6700 1340

3/4 2-1/2 13.9 14000 2800 10.5 9000 1800

7/8 2-3/4 20 19000 3800 14.28 11500 2300

1 3 24.4 24000 4800 18.1 14000 2800

1-1/8 3-1/2 33.3 30000 6000 22.22 17000 3400

1-1/4 3-3/4 38.4 35000 7000 26.7 19000 3800

1-1/2 4-1/2 55.5 50000 10000 36.3 27500 5500

1-5/8 5 66.6 62000 124000 45.45 33000 6600

1-3/4 5-1/2 80 75000 15000 55.5 40000 8000

7-12 Hooks and Shackles

7-12-1 Table 7-7 (Safe operation loads for the shackles) is used to determine the safe operation loads
for the different sizes of shackles. However, the higher safe operation loads are allowed when
recommended by the manufacturer for specific and identifiable products provided that a safety factor not
less than five is used.
7-12-2 The manufacturer recommendations should be followed to determine the safe operation loads of the
various sizes and the specific and identifiable types of hooks.

113
7-13 Safe Operation Loads for The Shackles (As In Table 7-7)
Table (7-7)
Safe Operation Load
Material Size (inch) Bolt Diameter
(ton) 2000 pound

1/2 5/8 1

5/8 3/4 2.2

3/4 7/8 3.2

7/8 1 4.3

1 1.1/8 5.6

1.1/8 1.1/4 6.7

1.1/4 1.3/8 8.2

1.3/8 1.1/2 10

1.1/2 2.5/8 11.9

1.3/4 2 16.2

2 2.1/4 21.2

7-14 Excavation Requirements

7-14-1 The workers should wear the suitable personal protective equipment to protect the head, eyes, breathing,
hands and feet.
7-14-2 Employees who work in traffic places should wear high visibility warning vests.
7-14-3 Excavations should be inspected daily by supervisor, and if evidence shows probability of cave in or slide,
work should be stopped until the relevant protective measures have been taken.
7-14-4 Before excavation, the supervisor should contact the public service authorities to determine the
underground facilities locations according to the followed regulations.
7-14-5 Figuring out stability (repose) angle and design of the supporting system should be based on the following:
7-14-5.1 Depth of the hole
7-14-5.2 Different quantities of water in the soil when the excavation is open.
7-14-5.3 Changes in soil because of exposure to air, sun, water, freezing and melting.

114
7-14-5-4 Load resulting from the buildings, equipment and materials.
7-14-5-5 Vibration resulting from the traffic and blasting (explosion), equipment, etc.
7-14-6 All sides shall be sloped to the repose angle or be adequately shored except if work is performed on solid
rocks; otherwise the trench boxes shall be used.
7-14-7 In the excavations where the employees will enter materials should be piled (including the dirt hauled out of
the excavation) on distance of at least (61 cm) away back of the hole.
7-14-8 If it is impossible to pile the dirt, strong retaining barriers shall be used.
7-14-9 The supporting systems should be approved under the strict supervision under the following cases:
7-14-9.1 When excavation depth is more than 6 meters.
7-14-9.2 When excavation is next to the structures or improvements.
7-14-9.3 When excavation is subjected to vibrations or ground water.
7-14-10 The materials used for coverage by sheeting, sheet piling, slide supporting, shoring, bracing and under pining
should be in a good condition and the timber should be strong and big enough for the job.
7-14-11 Special care should be exerted during sloping or shoring the sides excavation next to previous back.
7-14-12 If other heavy equipment or tools are required for operation next to the excavations, the side of excavation
shall be sheet piled or braced ad needed traverse.
7-14-13 When mobile equipment are used or allowed to approach the excavations, heavy wood masses or as
barriers should be used for stopping.
7-14-14 The open excavations should be covered or barricaded and guiding and warning boards should be fixed with
lights around them according to the work nature and conditions
7-14-15 In places where gaseous condition are probable (wasp gas, etc..), air in excavation should be tested, and
the control systems should be assured the good weather conditions. In case there are flammable gases, the
excavations should be ventilated and all sources of ignition should be eliminated. In addition, there should
be available rescue equipment in case of emergency, like the breathing apparatus, safety lines and an
employee to operate the equipment in the emergency cases.
7-14-16 All ladders used on excavation works shall be approved by the company

115
7-15 Approximate Angle of Repose for Sloping Sides of Excavation (As in Fig. 7-1)

Fig. (7-1)

7-16 Trench Requirements

7-16-1 The sides of trenches with depth of more than (1.5 m) should be shored or sloped down to the repose
angle (see 7-15)
7-16-2 Trenches with depth of less than five (1.5 m) shall be effectively protected in places where the soil cave-in or
ground movement of the trench sides is expected.
7-16-3 The materials required for shoring and sheeting should be strong and extend to the bottom of the hole.
7-16-4 Additional sides support should be used in the trenches next to the backfilled area or the area exposed to
vibrations.
7-16-5 Workers who enter the footer or pole holes shall be protected by fixing a strong removable-type casing at
the depth of the hole to resist the surrounding soil shifting (except for the conical holes). Workers should
use a strong lifeline to get the worker out of the hole.
7-16-6 The minimum requirements of the trench timbering are indicated in 7-17.
7-16-7 In the trenches 1.2 m deep or more, ladder that extend at least 0.91 m above the trench surface should be
used, and these ladders should be placed in places so that the spacing between ladder does not exceed 7.6 m.
7-16-8 Cross braces or trench jacks shall:
7-16-8.1 Be set in a true horizontal position.
7-16-8.2 Have vertical spaces between them
7-16-8.3 Secured (cleated) so that they will not slide, fall or kick out.
7-16-9 Portable trench boxes or the sliding trenches shield can be used instead of shoring or sloping. When used,
they should be designed, structured and maintained so that the required protection for that trench be
provided and be equal to, or better than, what is provided by sheeting or shoring.
7-16-10 Backfilling and removing trench supports shall progress together and work be performed from the bottom
of the trench up and jacks and braces shall be slowly released.

116
7-17 Minimum requirements for the trench shoring (As in table 7-8)

Table (7-8)
Size and spacing of members
Uprights Stringers
Type or soil
condition Cross braces® Maximum
Trench
Depth

Trench width Spacing

spacing
dimen

dimen
-sion

-sion
Max

Max
Min

Min

gap
Up To 3-6 ft 6-9 ft 9-12 ft 12-15 ft Vert. Horz
3 ft

Inch ft inch Ft inch inch inch inch inch Ft Ft

Hard or 3x4
compact or 2x6 6 2x6 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 4 6
Up To Likely to
10 ft 3x4
crack or 2x6 3 4x6 4 2x6 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 4 6
Soft, sandy 3x4 Close
or filled or 2x6 sheeting 4x6 4 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 4 6
Hydro Close
-static 3x4
pressure or 2x6 sheeting 6x8 4 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 4 6
Hard 3x4
compact or 2x6 4 4x6 4 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 4 6
Likely to 3x4
10-15 crack or 2x6 2 4x6 4 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 4 6
ft Close
Soft, sandy 3x4
or filled or 2x6 sheeting 4x6 4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 8x10 4 6
Hydrostatic Close
pressure 3x6 sheeting 8x10 4 4x6 6x6 6x8 8x8 8x10 4 6
15-20 All kinds of 3x6
Close
ft conditions sheeting 4x12 4 4x12 8x6 8x8 8x10 10x10 4 6
Over All kinds of
3x6
Close
20 ft conditions sheeting 8x6 4 4x12 8x8 8x10 10x10 10x12 4 6

®Trench jacks can be used instead of or in combination with the cross braces.
®Shoring is not required in solid rocks, hard shale or hard slag.
®When desirable, steel sheet piling and bracing of equal strength may be substituted for wood..

117
7-18 Derricks and Mobile Cranes
7-18-1 Inspection should be made frequently for all equipment, cables, hooks, snatch blocks, cranes and derrick
booms and all parts to confirm that they are in a good and suitable condition for use.
7-18-2 No person or car may pass under an "A" frame derrick during its erection or lowering.
7-18-3 No vehicle or a workman who is not working on a pole is allowed to exist in the area where the pole might
fall while it is being raised, lowered, loaded or pulled out of the ground.
7-18-4 The cable of wire crane should not be tied on or over the level of the energized lines to lift or lower
equipment on the pole.
7-18-5 The movement of the "A"- frame of derrick truck while the derrick is supporting a load should be limited to
the minimum distance.
7-18-6 Employees must take every precations while moving, lifting or using a derrick to ensure that a derrick,
winch cable or suspended load such as a pole, will not contact electric wires.
7-18-7 Caution must be taken not load a derrick beyond its capacity, and the derrick load chart should be
maintained in a good condition and should be always complied with. The loads with unknown weight should
be lifted by using the boom weight cylinder before using the winch to prevent the boom overload. The side
stresses on the derrick should be avoided.
7-18-8 The crane cables should be attached with a clamp that consists of pin shackle of 7/8 inch in size as a
minimum, and open hooks such as “J” or “S” shapes should not be used.
7-18-9 The truck with derrick erected should not be operated in the streets and highways except to move to an
adjacent place, and caution should be taken to avoid any overhead wires or obstructions.
7-18-10 Pole jacks shall be used to break a pole loose before trying to remove the pole with the derrick boom or
crane wire.
7-18-11 During the operation of the derrick near to electrical line, the truck chassis shall be grounded and the
employees should use rubber gloves and should not contact the truck body while standing on ground to
remove the tools.
7-18-12 Derrick trucks equipped with outriggers and/or jacks shall have same properly placed before derrick put in
operation.

118
7-19 Blasting Within Boundary of The Saudi Electricity Company
When blasting is required during the excavation to erect the aerial lines poles or to construct buildings
within the 1500 m radius from any facility of the company, the company requires:
7-19-1 Work permit will be obtained from the concerned operation department having a jurisdiction over the area.
7-19-2 That the blasting worker (blaster) shall have a qualification certificate to perform that work
7-19-3 The qualifications of blasters shall be documented.
7-19-4 The contractor or foreman of the blaster should provide information on the distance from the facility of the
company, the scope of work, plans, depth and quantity of charge.
7-19-5 The contractor or foreman of the blasting workers should officially prove to the company that the blasting
works will not affect any SEC facility, equipment or lines or others.
7-19-6 All blasting works should be controlled by the safety section in Industrial security department.
7-19-7 Coordination should be made with the competent authorities in the Ministry of Interior and the required
permit should be obtained.

7-20 Qualifications of Blasters

The blasting worker shall be qualified by training, knowledge or experience in the field of transporting,
storing, handling and use of explosives. In addition, he shall have knowledge of the local regulations relevant
to explosives.

7-21 Transportation of Explosives

7-21-1 Coordination should be made with the competent authorities in the Ministry of Interior to obtain required
license for the transportation of explosives.
7-21-2 The explosives transportation vehicle should only be driven by a licensed driver who is physically fit, and he
shall have knowledge of the governmental regulations that governs the transporting of explosives.
7-21-3 No person shall be allowed to smoke or hold matches or any flammable producing device nor shall firearms
or loaded cartridges be carried during the presence of the person in or close to a vehicle or means
transporting of explosives.
7-21-4 Explosives, blasting agents and blasting supplies shall not be transported with other materials or cargos.
Blasting capsules (including electric) shall not be transported in the same vehicle with other explosives.
7-21-5 Approved "EXPLOSIVES" signs shall be placed on the front, back and sides of the vehicle that transports
explosives or blasting capsules.
7-21-6 Every vehicle used for transporting explosives should be supplied with a full charged extinguisher in a good
condition.
7-21-7 Any explosive loading must not be taken to crowded area or filling station or garage to be parked or left to
the next day whatever the conditions are.
7-21-8 The explosives transport vehicle shall not be left unattended without control.

119
7-22 Storage of Explosives and Blasting Agents
7-22-1 The explosives and related materials should be stored in approved magazines.
7-22-2 The blasting capsules, electric blasting capsules, detonating primers and detonated cartridges should not be
stored in the same store with the other explosives or blasting agents.
7-22-3 Smoking or use of open flame should not be permitted near any explosives.
7-22-4 The company is liable for accidents that result from the lost explosives or capsules, so all supplies should
be kept in a locked place. The supply of explosives and capsules should be carefully checked at the end
of each day to confirm that night supply plus the used the during the day conform to the inventory list of the
previous night. Any differences should be reported to the department in charge immediately and a
continuous inventory list of the explosives and capsules should be prepared on a suitable form.

7-23 Explosives and Blasting Agents

7-23-1 The explosives or capsules should not be handled during the thunderstorms.
7-23-2 Tamping should only be performed by wood rods or blasting tamping poles without having exposed metal
parts.
7-23-3 Drilling should only be initiated after the old holes are examined for unexploded loads.
7-23-4 No activity of whatsoever nature is allowed in the blasting area other than which is required for loading the
holes with explosives.
7-23-5 The area should be surrounded by security fence and warning signs.
7-23-6 The rocks should be covered with steel blasting mats to prevent their scattering or destruction of the
energy transmission facilities when explosion is made within a circle of (100-300 m) radius from the energy
transmission facilities or the other facilities.

7-24 Electric Blasting

7-24-1 Wire terminals of the blasting capsule shall be short-circuited (shunted) until they are connected with the
firing circuit.
7-24-2 The blaster in charge shall connect the wires to the blasting circuit (blasting machine) and fire the shot.
7-24-3 When testing connected circuits to charged holes, blasters shall use only the blasting galvanometer.
7-24-4 The connection wires should be tightly fixed to the ground, especially if there is a possibility to throw a
connection line or blasting wire on an energized by the explosion force.
7-24-5 After the operation of the machine, the connection wires should be immediately disconnected from the
machine and short circuited (connection of the wire terminals to each other).

120
7-25 Use of safety fuse
7-25-1 No fuse or primers shall be made up in any magazine.
7-25-2 No person is allowed to keep detonators or primers of any type on his body.
7-25-3 The minimum length of the safety fuses to be used for explosion should be in accordance to the
approved specifications.

7-26 Use of Detonating Cord

7-26-1 Detonating cord shall be handled and used carefully with the same respect and care of other explosives
7-26-2 All detonating cords shall be inspected to assure that they are free of loops and sharp kinks.
7-26-3 Detonators should not be brought for ignition to the loading area. In addition, they should not be connected
to the detonating wire until everything is ready for blasting.

7-27 Firing the Blast

7-27-1 While firing the blasting material, a warning signal should be given and all surplus explosives, all employees,
vehicles and equipment should be at a safe distance.
7-27-2 To ensure the protection of the employees and the public during blasting, warning signs shall be used and
employees shall be stationed around the perimeter of the blasting area.
7-27-3 Blasting mats shall always be used if there is any danger that the explosion injuries passersby or properties.
7-27-4 The blaster shall conduct an inspection in the area to determine whether all charges exploded or not.

7-28 MISSFIRES
7-28-1 No work shall be carried out except that which is necessary to remove the hazard of the explosion misfire
and only the necessary employees required for performing this work should remain in the danger area.
7-28-2 No attempt shall be made to extract the explosives from any charged or misfired holes; a new primer
should be put in holes and be re-blasted.

121
Section Eight
Substations

122
Section Eight: Substations
Article Subject Page
8–1 General Rules 124
8–2 Procedures for Entry & Work in substations 125
8–3 Safety Measures when Testing High Voltage Devices and Equipment 126
8–4 Grounding 127
8–5 Procedures for Using Grounding Connections 127
8–6 Insulators 127
8–7 Conductors 128
8–8 Work on Transformers and Reactors 128
8–9 Work on Racked out Breakers in Substation 128
8–10 Work on Oil Circuit Breakers 129
8–11 Work on Gas-Operated Circuit Breakers 129
8–12 Capacitors 129
8–13 Induced Voltage 129
8–14 Cleaning Brush 129
8–15 Compressed Air 129
8–16 Lighting 130
8–17 Housekeeping 130
8–18 Safety Device and Interlocks 130

123
8–1 General Rules
8–1–1 Before any vehicle enters into any substation, the radio aerial shall be lowered.
8–1–2 No persons other than those authorized and received work permits or those working under their
immediate supervision shall have access into any company substation.
8–1–3 Gates at the external fences of the plant shall be kept closed and locked except there are persons working
in the yard close to the open gate; additionally, doors leading to the areas that containing lines equipment
shall be kept closed except during works execution therein.
8–1–4 Every person shall comply with the safety requirements and shall use the personal protective tools and
equipment that are suitable for the work he performs for and for conditions under which the work is
performed, and shall have to maintain them and not to misuse them.
8–1–5 Each person working in substation shall be fully acquainted on the operation and work of the automatic fire
systems and the use of manual fire extinguishers and different types of fires, and shall be able to fight fire in
the event of occurrence thereof depending on the available potentials without endangering himself or
others.
8–1–6 The employee shall notify the concerned party about any notes found in the plant and shall be able to use
the special tools, if available, for fire fighting or rescue the trapped persons.
8–1–7 Each person working in the plant shall be able to administrate first aid to those suffering from electric shock
and shall be trained on Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR).
8–1–8 Each person, before starting work in the station, shall be fully familiarized with the scope of work to be
carried out and with his role in this work and shall be aware of the potential risks during the work.
8–1–9 No person shall have access to ground cable inspection rooms unless instructions are given by the
authorized person provided that is to be after taking necessary precautions, especially the existence of good
ventilation and in condition that another person outside(attendant) with whom he has continual contact.
8–1–10 Control rooms within the plants shall be provided with emergency phone numbers and the employee shall
notify his immediate supervisor immediately at the occurrence of any emergency within his workplace.
8–1–11 The work team within the plant shall not be less than two persons
8–1–12 Before carrying out any work within any plant, it should be ensured of the plant number and the equipment
labels, such as disconnect switches, circuit breakers, switch board controls and relays. All these labels should
be kept visible and clean.
8–1–13 Caution shall be taken when working around electric devices where all devices body that connected to the
power source is considered to be energized of that source unless it is effectively grounded.
8–1–14 All portable radio communication devices shall be shut off and not used in the relays and control rooms.
8–1–15 When entering high ladders, pipes, cable ducts and other materials into the rooms of the plant where there
is a risk of contact between these materials and the energized parts, such materials shall be carried by two
persons where each of them holds an end thereof in hands and not to be carried on shoulders.
8–1–16 Substations officers shall provide each plant with a first aid kit, CPR equipment and casualty trolleys and shall
make sure of the availability and operability of the personal and eye washing equipment.

124
8–1–17 All catalogues, test procedures, relay testing certificates and schemes shall be kept in a locker to protect
them from destruction and manipulation.
8–1–18 Control rooms and rooms containing relays shall be equipped with proper air conditioning and ventilation
units for maintaining the temperature within the limits that don’t allow affecting the controls and protection
devices.
8–1–19 All equipment and devices within the plant shall be provided with proper names and labels according to the
schemes in order to avoid any mistake in selecting the device to work on.
8–1–20 All electric devices and equipment shall be connected to a proper grounding in order to avoid exposure to
any static electric charges.
8–1–21 Grounding boxes and excavation works shall be secured due to its existence thereof on street and
highways, Which requires providing protection from passing vehicles and from weather conditions.
8–1–22 Workers in Identifying cable tracks and failures between plants shall be secured and be provided with them
phosphoric clothes to put on during working on public streets especially at night.
8–1–23 When trouble shooting circuits breakdowns in emergencies, which take place in vehicle-crowded streets,
coordination shall be made with traffic department to evacuate the area of breakdown from cars.
8–1–24 All plants flooring shall be checked for good condition and non- existence of any cracks or breakages that
hinder the movement of devices, equipment and individuals.
8–1–25 All floors shall be checked to ensure the non- existence of oils or detergents that may cause shoe slipping
thereon.
8–1–26 Good stacking of cables in vaults shall be ensured in addition to securing safe paths between them and
ensuring the flawlessness of exits and stairs.
8–1–27 Good ventilation and lighting in the vaults shall be ensured prior to getting down therein.
8–1–28 Rainwater leakage into the plant vaults shall be checked on.
8–1–29 When performing excavation within power substations, all precautions for identifying cable tracks and
conforming them to the schemes shall be taken prior to the excavation which shall be executed manually.

8–2 Procedures for Entry & Work in Substation

8–2–1 At entering rooms protected with automatic fire extinguishing system, automatic control of the fire system
shall be set to the manual control with placing a caution tag.
8–2–2 Entry into the substations rooms:
8–2–2–1 Prior to entering the rooms of substations, make sure that the alarm system against breaking in within the
plant, if any, is operable..
8–2–2–2 Control center shall be notified for the reason of entry as the control engineer shall be notified of
transforming the automatic fire system to manual.
8–2–2–3 All information about the work team and the machineries in use shall be written down in the logbook.

125
8–2–3 Work inside plant rooms:
8–2–3–1 Prior to work within plant rooms, it is necessary to ensure getting familiar with emergency exits and make
sure that all emergency and corridors doors are ready for use by pushing the arm for opening the door
from the inside.
8–2–3–2 No work shall be permitted before receiving the work permit that is suitable for the required work
provided that the control engineer is to be notified of the work commencement as well as of the work end
or cancellation thereof.
8–2–3–3 The work permit issuer shall clearly specify to the person responsible for work (work permit receiver) the
electric circuit and device to be worked on, this shall be done at the work site. The work permit receiver
shall not leave the work site unless the work is completed.
8–2–3–4 No work (including testing) may be performed on any high voltage devices which are part of company
electric system until taking the following precautions:
8–2–3–4–1 The device feeding shall be disconnected or ensured that the electric circuits to be worked on are
specifically disconnected.
8–2–3–4–2 The device shall be isolated from all energized conductors and any object that may be a source of electric
feeding.
8–2–3–4–3 Safety locks and warning tags shall be placed all isolation points where the circuit or the device could be
energized.
8–2–3–4–4 To be ensured that the circuit or the device is disconnected from the feeding source by using an approved
testing tool which in turn shall be tested before and after the use.
8–2–3–4–5 All phases of the circuit or the device shall be grounded by approved methods and tools, where grounding
shall be between the work point and all points that could be a feeding source.
8–2–3–4–6 Safety barriers and tapes shall be placed around any exposed energized device within the work area.
8–2–3–4–7 Sufficient and clear instructions shall be issued to the person in charge of the work and he shall understand
the work to be performed and the limits of the circuit or device in on which the work will be performed
where no unauthorized persons are allowed to access to the work area.
8–2–4 In cases where there is more than a work group working on more than one equipment in the same station,
a site coordinator shall be present to avoid risk within the station.

8–3 Safety Measures when Testing High Voltage Devices and Equipment
8–3–1 Before issuing work permit for testing, the control engineer shall ensure that there are no other work
permits on any part of the high voltage device/equipment to be tested.
8–3–2 Before accepting the test work, the authorized person (work permit receiver) shall ensure that all safety
conditions are met.
8–3–3 When using a high voltage testing device, the area of test shall be posted with, barricaded with ropes or
tapes or other means to warn unauthorized persons.

126
8–3–4 When removing grounding devices from conductors or equipment for testing, the grounding devices shall be
re-applied before performing any farther work, or before terminating the test-work permit.
8–3–5 All test conductors shall be completely discharged of electric charge before and after using the voltage
testing device.

8–4 Grounding
8–4–1 The specified grounding tools for high voltage devices shall be used.
8–4–2 In the event of inability to install the specified grounding, grounding shall be installed by attaching a grounding
conductor to a grounding pole or any other approved device.
8–4–3 Before grounding, high voltage shall be tested ensure that the high voltage is disconnected, and electrical
discharging and isolating from all supply sources be performed.
8–4–4 Grounding conductors and accessories shall be of the approved type and of adequate capacity for the
purpose of use.
8–4–5 Grounding conductors shall be maintained in good condition, and shall be tested always immediately prior to
the use.
8–4–6 All machineries bodies in the plant shall be grounded.

8–5 Procedures for Using Grounding Connections

8–5–1 Physical inspection and tests shall be made to ensure that the high voltage circuit or equipment to be
grounded is de-energized. Test whenever practical shall be done by using an approved testing device or
voltmeter, so that the device itself shall be tested before and after use use.
8–5–2 Grounding conductors shall first be connected to ground before connecting to phases; quality of connection
shall be precisely assured.
8–5–3 All phases shall be grounded even if the work is to be carried out on one phase.
8–5–4 Grounding conductors shall not be used with any device or apart of this device where a metal part of
ground conductor could be subjected to high voltage.
8–5–5 When removing ground conductors, they shall first be disconnected from phases then from the ground.

8–6 Insulators
8–6–1 Insulators shall be inspected to detect any dirty surfaces or visible damage such as cracked or broken pieces.
Dirty surfaces of the insulators shall be cleaned and the damaged ones be replaced.
8–6–2 Corona shall be reported when the plant is energized where a sound can be heard during the existence
of the corona and when the corona level increases, the sound become stronger accompanied with cracking
or snapping according to the level of the flashy arc.

127
8–7 Conductors
Exposed conductors shall be inspected for any high temperature. The high temperature will change the
color of copper conductors; conductors with increasing temperature shall be reported to the operation and
maintenance supervisor, where the bolt-fastened connections shall be inspected to make sure of its fastening
when the plant is not energized. bolts shall be tightened when necessary, but taking into consideration not
to tighten them more than the required.

8–8 Work on Transformers and Reactors

8–8–1 All connections and reactors (induction coils) shall be isolated from all electric supply sources using an
approved means including the third coil, if any.
8–8–2 Main circuits of the transformer at all disconnection points of the high voltage supply source shall be
grounded.
8–8–3 Low voltage fuses or connections of transformers shall be pulled out. If there is a switch or circuit breaker,
it shall be opened if possible, where the high voltage transformer and the low voltage service transformers
shall be isolated and locked out while in isolation position whenever possible, as well as the movable covers
shall be locked out.
8–8–4 The transformer or the reactor shall be isolated from all general neutral line grounding equipment which
may make them energized
8–8–5 Warning tags shall be placed on all isolation points, including law voltage isolation points.
8–8–6 In the event that there are automatic fire systems, they shall disconnected and deactivated and warning tags
shall be placed whenever necessary; additionally, low voltage supply sources shall be isolated from
accessories warning tags be placed on tabs, oil pumps, cooling fans and protection cabinets.
8–8–7 Before issuing a work or testing permit, the transformer or reactor to be worked on at the work place shall
be specified; in addition to that, neighboring energized transformers, reactors shall be specified to the
technician, warning and danger tags and tapes shall be placed on them.

8–9 Work on Racked out Breakers in Substation

Before working on a racked out, the following precautions shall be taken:
8–9–1 The breaker shall be isolated by disconnecting it from the current source before racking it out from the
regular service position.
8–9–2 Movable covers of energized conductors shall be locked and tagged by a warning tag while it is closed.
8–9–3 The charge of the racked out breaker conductors shall be discharged by connecting it to the ground and it is
unnecessary to keep it connected to the ground.
8–9–4 A hold tag shall be issued for each breaker to be worked on separately containing the phrases "Discharged".
8–9–5 The work permit and hold tag shall be canceled, and the operability test shall be performed for the breaker
before restoring it to its regular condition.

128
8–10 Work on Oil Circuit Breakers
8–10–1 A manual log book for each breaker shall be available in which the number of regular connecting and
disconnecting thereof shall be written down.
8–10–2 Manufacturer instructions shall be followed upon performing the regular maintenance of the oil breakers
with a number of regular connection and disconnection times and the number of interruptions.
8–10–3 At performing oil breaker maintenance, the following shall be followed:
8–10–3–1 Breaker shall be disconnected and isolated from the current.
8–10–3–2 Tightness of the connections ends to the breaker shall be checked.
8–10–3–3 All testes shall be performed on internal parts, such as coils, assisting disconnection and connection circuits.
Mechanical parts shall be greased.
8–10–3–4 Breaker oil shall be changed according to the number of regular connection and disconnection and the
interruptions recommended by the manufacturer.

8–11 Work on Gas-Operated Circuit Breakers

Caution shall be taken during working on SF6 gas circuit breaker, whether during the supply thereof with
this gas or at occurrence of leaking, where inhalation this gas must be avoided, even though this gas is not
poisonous.

8–12 Capacitors
8–12–1 Capacitors' boxes are considered energized unless they are grounded.
8–12–2 At working on any capacitor or set of electric capacitors, the unit or the set shall be disconnected from
services. After five minutes at least of the disconnection or according to the manufacturer instructions,
grounding protecting against short circuit shall be placed, also all capacitors within the work area and the
adjacent units that may be in contact therewith shall be grounded.

8–13 Induced Voltage

Whenever there is possible induced voltage during the work period, necessary precautions shall be taken by
applying additional grounding procedures or isolating adjacent circuits or by any other means.

8–14 Cleaning Brush

When cleaning a place that is adjacent to open electric devices, the used brush shall be of a non-conducting
handle and has no exposed metal parts.

8–15 Compressed Air

When using compressed air on energized electric equipment, insulated hose and nuzzle shall be used,
additionally, protecting goggles from dust shall be always used during cleaning by compressed air.

129
8–16 Lighting
8–16–1 Internal and external lighting shall be kept so to properly work for lighting all internal and external sites of
the plant sufficiently.
8–16–2 Safety and operability of the emergency lighting shall be checked to ensure working in emergencies.
8–16–3 Safety and operability of the emergency exits' lighting shall be ensured.
8–16–4 Internal, emergency and emergency exits lighting failures shall be reported to the concerned party for
repairing.

8–17 Housekeeping
8–17–1 Plant's rooms shall be kept clean by removing the maintenance works wastes immediately.
8–17–2 Equipment shall not be stored in corridors of the plant's rooms to avoid obstruction at normal and
emergency cases.

8–18 Safety Device and Interlocks

8–18–1 No mechanical or electric safety devices or interlocks installed on equipment shall be bypassed, disabled or
deactivated by whatsoever means without the permission of the person in charge or the issuer of work
permit.
8–18–2 Such equipment shall be checked for proper operation by the following procedures:
8–18–2–1 Interlocks shall be periodically inspected and maintained to ensure that they are operated in the purpose for
which they are designed.
8–18–2–2 These equipments are designed to protect persons and equipment and must not be disconnected or
bypassed.
8–18–2–3 Mechanical Interlocks and externally racked out equipment shall be checked to ensure that they prevent the
drawing out or inserting of circuit breakers in operation (closed) position.
8–18–2–4 Safety shutters where provided should automatically cover the stab-in ports.
8–18–2–5 Operability of automatic limit switches of the motorized devices systems should be checked in order to
prevent the same from over travel their limits of movement.
8–18–2–6 Interlocks systems key shall be operated in the correct sequence to ensure that they are operating
effectively, with the necessity of making adjustment lubricating. Instructions shall be posted on the
complicated systems especially those which may be operated annually or in emergencies.
8–18–2–7 Spare keys shall be identified and stored in the custody of the direct supervisor.

130
Section Nine
Power Plants

131
Section Nine: Power Plants
Article Subject Page
9–1 General Rules 133
9–2 Compressed Gas Cylinders 135
9–3 Air Compressors 136
9–4 Compressed Air 136
9–5 Working in Elevated Positions 136
9–6 Tools and Equipments 137
9–7 Materials Storage 137
9–8 Electrical Protection 138
9–9 Boilers 138
9–10 Hydrogen System 140
9–11 Rotating Equipments 140
9–12 Entering Confined Spaces 141
9–13 Housekeeping 142
9–14 Work Area Protection 142
9–15 Danger Area Identification 143
9–16 Electrical Equipments Work Permit 144
9–17 Grounding 144
9–18 Plant Locking 145
9–19 Plant Equipments Voltage Tests 145
9–20 Entering Transformers, Oil Circuit Breakers and Oil Tanks 145
9–21 Working on and Around Generators 145
9–22 Turbine Generators 146
9–23 Gas Turbines 146
9–24 Fuel Handling 147
9–25 Fuel Tanks Maintenance 147
9–26 Gantry Cranes 148
9–27 Rigging and Hoisting 148
9–28 Scaffolds 149
9–29 Emergency Cases 149
9–30 Equipments Identification 150
9–31 Radiography 150

132
Because of the wide difference between types of equipment used in power plants of Saudi
Electricity Company (SEC) and the impossibility to be covered in details in the manual, this
section includes general instructions applicable to most plants. If more specialized safety
procedures for any machine, equipment or device, etc… are needed, it can be provided through
joint coordination between operation and maintenance divisions in power plant department and
safety section in industrial security department.
9-1 General Rules
(See Section 1 “General Safety Rules”)
9-1-1 All employees must monitor hazardous and unsafe conditions and report them to their supervisor or to
safety section to take the necessary action.
9-1-2 Members of the public shall be kept away from any restricted area unless they have permit from the
concerned department. If it is permitted for members of public to enter a restricted area, they shall be
accompanied by qualified person and be informed of the dangers they may face.
9-1-3 In plants that not subject to supervision (unattended), access is permitted only for employees regularly
working in these plants, while other employees who have to work inside such plants have to follow access
control system and get permition for entrance.
9-1-4 Work shall not be started on conveyors and elevators before the machine is stopped and tagged.. Warning
should be given before such conveyors or elevators are started.
9-1-5 Work or maintenance will not be performed on machines while in operation. If it is necessary to do so in
the emergency cases, work will be performed only after taking the necessary precautions to avoid injury.
9-1-6 Equipments that can operate automatically or by remote control that cannot be made inoperative because
operating conditions, shall be treated as it were in operation, and necessary precautions shall be taken
to avoid risk of injury.
9-1-7 Any employee is not allowed to hold any portable electrical tools or flashlight into any vessel such as boiler
drums, condensers, heaters or any places with low electrical resistance to ground. The employee is also not
allowed to enter this vessel which contains such equipment unless fulfilling one of the following conditions:
9-1-7-1 Any equipment requires electrical supply shall be fed through insulating transformer with ungrounded
secondary circuit of not more than 12V.
9-1-7-2 The exposed metal frame, case or guard bars of such equipment shall be grounded by the use of three
wires cord with polarized plug (three terminal plugs, one of them for earth line) or by using spare conductor
fixed to the frame or guard bars and equipped with spring clip or similar device at the other end which is
connected to the ground.
9-1-8 In all places where explosion proof lighting and fixtures are necessary and exist, the shall be maintained and
it is not allowed to be changed by normal types.
9-1-9 All protective barriers removed for any reason shall be returned properly to their places before restarting
the equipment.
9-1-10 If it is necessary to use compressed air on energized electrical machinery, insulating hose and nozzle shall be
used and approved dust- proof protective goggles should be worn when cleaning with compressed air.

133
9-1-11 After placing mechanical tags, the person in charge must decide whether the existing conditions are safe or
not before cutting pipe lines, loosening valve covers or flange bolts, etc.
9-1-12 Before entering a confined space, tank, vessels or natural gas facilities:
9-1-12-1 Work permit shall be obtained and the receiver of the work permit shall be qualified for that.
9-1-12-2 The tank, storage vessel or confined space shall be thoroughly purged.
9-1-12-3 A competent person shall perform necessary tests to check and monitor equipment and assure that the
work area is free of flammable or toxic gases by using multi-function gas detector “toxic gases, oxygen
percentage in the air and flammable gas” (see Paragraph 9-1-13).
9-1-12-4 Adequate ventilation shall be provided.
9-1-12-5 Another employee shall be on duty at the opening and shall be assured by signals over the life line about the
safety of the employee inside and be ready to provide help if required.
9-1-13 If it is necessary for an employee to enter to a confined space or a tank contains toxic gas or possible of
oxygen deficiency, he shall wear approved respirator apparatus. Any tank contains toxic gas shall be purged
entirely before allowing to the worker to enter. In all such cases, two other employees shall be appointed
one at the opening and the other stand on the ground and shall receive signals about the situation inside
through the line line and shall be ready to provide assistance when required.
9-1-14 If it is needed to carry ladders, pipes, conduits, rebar and any other long materials into plants, switchyards
and buss compartment rooms and other places that represent risk of contacting energized parts, the
material shall be held by two employees one at each end and shall be carried by the two hands and not on
shoulders.
9-1-15 When using lamp or extension cord around switchboard or in confined spaces, such boards that contains
switches, lamp or extension cords, shall not be allowed to come close to energized devices.
9-1-16 Smoking, open flame, torches and arc welding are strictly prohibited in the areas where there are “NO
SMOKING” signs.
9-1-17 Any employee is prohibited to operate equipment, machines and power tools without adequate training and
pre authorization.
9-1-18 All employees should follow the traffic signals, signs, traffic signs and speed limit in the work area which shall
not exceed (30) km / h unless otherwise identified.
9-1-19 Use of radios and amplifiers shall be limited to company works only.
9-1-20 operators shall check persons presence in the operation area or unit in all times and make sure that they
have work permits. All employees shall report their existence in the operation area or unit as well as
maintenance workers shall do the same through notifying their supervisor or through obtaining work
permits, while temporary and irregular workers working in any of the operation areas or units, have to go
to the control room and register their names when arriving and inform the control room when leaving.

134
9-2 Compressed Gas Cylinders
When using compressed gas cylinders in the power plants, safety instructions on using, transport and
storage of gas cylinders shall be followed taking into account the following:
9-2-1 The cylinders shall be fastened in vertical position during transportation, usage or storage. All filled or empty
cylinders shall be handled carefully and every precaution shall be taken to prevent their falling or being
struck by other objects and shall not be rolled.
9-2-2 Valve caps shall always be in place on cylinders except while cylinders are connected to equipment.
9-2-3 Cylinders shall be stored in safe, approved and well ventilated places away from flammable materials,
separated from the storing areas of oxygen cylinders and away from different sources of heat, including
direct sunrays.
9-2-4 Compressed gases cylinders shall not be subjected to temperature exceeds 52°C and shall be kept away
from fuel gas cylinders or combustible material.
9-2-5 Cylinders shall be marked for ease of identification and the gas inside the cylinder shall be specified
(nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen, etc,…).
9-2-6 Never use oil to lubricate the valve on gas or oxygen cylinders.
9-2-7 All gas cylinders shall be closed when they are out of use and should not stand directly in front of the
regulator when opening cylinder valve.
9-2-8 Compressed gas shall not be used for any purpose other than the intended purpose. Persons who use and
handle compressed gases shall have proper knowledge of their dangers.
9-2-9 Danger, no-smoking and other signs, etc,.. shall be placed in areas where flammable gases are stored or
permanently located.
9-2-10 At any time of using a Regulator on gas cylinder, a gauge pressure shall be released before opening the
cylinder valve.
9-2-11 Cylinders that subjected to fire shall be marked and returned to refilling center to be inspected first.
9-2-12 Cylinders shall be subjected to regular hydrostatic test each 12 years from date of manufacturing according
to manufacturer recommendations and the purpose of use. A tag shall be placed on the cylinder indicating
type and date of inspection.
9-2-13 A mark shall be placed on the empty cylinder to be returned to the refilling center while it is closed and
has protective cap on the valve. Little pressure shall be kept inside the cylinder to prevent the entry of
moisture and air that may cause corrosion and pollution to air.
9-2-14 Cylinders more than the needed shall not be left in the work area.
9-2-15 Unused cylinders and their accessories shall be removed from the confined space, even during short breaks.
9-2-16 Valve key shall be kept in place when the cylinder is in use.
9-2-17 Unknown cylinders shall not be kept in the store.

135
9-3 Air Compressors
9-3-1 Before operating the air compressor, air receiving tank shall be properly drained of the accumulated liquid.
9-3-2 Benzene or kerosene shall not be used to clean the inside of air compressor cylinder.
9-3-3 Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning or dusting of clothing or any part of the body.
9-3-4 Compressed air shall not be used to for liquids from containers not designed for this purpose.
9-3-5 Safety devices, pressure and temperature gauges and control switches shall be monitored and kept in a good
condition.
9-3-6 Automatic control system shall properly maintained.
9-3-7 Calibrations of safety valves shall not be changed, amended or stopped.
9-3-8 Only specified oils for compressors shall be used in appropriate quantities to prevent their transfer to air tanks.
9-3-9 Air hoses and electrical wires shall be kept away from the places of people passing.
9-3-10 Extended air hose shall be protected when crossing the road.
9-3-11 Protective barriers shall be placed around the moving parts of the air compressors.

9-4 Compressed Air

9-4-1 Hoses and hose coupling shall be checked for loose connections or defects before using.
9-4-2 Employees shall wear protective equipment when using compressed air for cleaning equipment.
9-4-3 Pressure shall be bled off before disconnecting air hose.
9-4-4 All hoses and fitting shall be inspected for lengths of holes and threads before making any connections to
make sure of proper connection and to avoid possible leakage.
9-4-5 The air required to be compressed shall be clean and free from dust.

9-5 Working in Elevated Positions

All workers in elevation position shall take the following precautions
9-5-1 Safety belts, straps, life lines and any other protective means approved and prepared for the intended
purpose shall be used against falling while working at high places and these equipment shall not hurt the user.
9-5-2 Safety belts, strap and life lines belts should be safely secured to fixed supports to prevent falling.
9-5-3 Any portable ladders shall not be placed unless excavation areas are fenced by ropes (cropping).
9-5-4 Workers are allowed to move the ladders from place to another with the progress of work provided that
will not lead to enter a dangerous area, and the work shall be planned, if possible, so that the workers
movement will be away from the danger area.
9-5-5 Climbing will be only by using ladders unless there is a specific permission from the responsible person of the work.
9-5-6 When employees are working at a high structure in the plant, they shall wear approved safety belt, straps
and life line. Safety harness and life line shall be tied around a fixed part of plant structure and not around
the dismantled structure. Protective helmet shall be used.

136
9-6 Tools and Equipment
9-6-1 Special care shall be taken when handling heavy loads. Slings resistance, size and type of hitching have great
importance and shall be approved by the responsible person.
9-6-2 Defective ladder shall not be used. Straight ladders or extended ladders shall be secured to avoid slipping.
9-6-3 Wooden ladders shall not be painted, only the varnish is used to protect the wood on these ladders.
9-6-4 Portable metal ladders shall not be used at any time and in any work carried out in or around the plant.
9-6-5 It is not allowed to approach areas in which heavy hammers are used except for those involved in the work
and safety rules in this regard shall be followed.
9-6-6 The hammer shall not be used in hitting the adjustable spanner or pipes spanner.
9-6-7 It is prohibited to drag the power tools by their wires.

9-7 Materials Storage

When storing materials, the following shall be taken into account:
9-7-1 Materials shall be arranged in a manner that allows even distribution of weight, taking into consideration that
heavy materials are placed at the bottom and to avoid their projection to the passages. It is not allowed to
store sheets and similar flat materials, even temporarily, by leaning them against walls or rails unless they are
secured.
9-7-2 Piles of scarp and defective materials shall be well-arranged, as condition will permit, and shall be used in
handling scrap materials to prevent the risk of personal injury.
9-7-3 Oils, greases, paints and solvents shall not be stored while they are uncovered at any time, and flammable
materials shall be stored only in their specified places.
9-7-4 Suitable compartment, boxes or drums shall be provided for storing rubber protective equipments and shall
provide appropriate conditions for the stored material according to manufacturer instructions.
9-7-5 Chemical materials shall be classified before storage and safety requirements shall be followed during
handling and storage.
9-7-6 Liquid chemical materials shall be stored on the lower shelves of cupboards.
9-7-7 Hands and fingers shall be clear away from pipe ends and other materials in the shape of pipes.
9-7-8 It is prohibited to roll the filled or empty barrels to avoid risk of their open and spill of their contents.
9-7-9 To stand filled barrel at one of its sides, mechanical equipment shall be used or to get help of another
person.
9-7-10 Periodic inspection and preventive maintenance works shall be performed on the electrical installations in
material stores.

137
9-8 Electrical Protection
The following shall be taken into account for protection from danger of electricity in power plants:
9-8-1 Switch hooks, wooden tongs or other tools used in disconnecting the equipments from the electrical
current, which are provided with insulated handles, shall be kept clean and dry and shall not be painted with
current-conductive paint nor be warped with wire. When using these devices, workers shall wear rubber
gloves.
9-8-2 Rubber gloves and protectors shall be worn while handling switch sticks during switching operation.
9-8-3 Secondary windings of the transformer shall be short circuited before changing or opening the secondary
connections of the energized current transformers.
9-8-4 Avoid wearing rings, wrist straps, watches, chains and hats that contain metal parts and loose clothing.
9-8-5 The operators shall properly tag lines, conductors or other equipment that taken out of service to be
worked on. And the operator shall check them to make sure that they are de-energized and grounded.
9-8-6 Tools, measuring and test instruments shall be ensured that they are safe and fit before being used in
inspection of electrical conductors.
9-8-7 Approved ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) shall be used in electrical maintenance works especially
when using portable power tools and equipments.

9-9 Boilers
The following are guidelines (instruction) when working on boilers.
9-9-1 If it is necessary to enter drums or other internal parts of boilers, the supervisor must issue certain safety
instructions, boiler ventilation and periodically gas tests shall be done.
9-9-2 Before allowing employees to enter into the boiler for cleaning, inspecting or repair, precautions shall be
taken to ensure that all valves through which water or vapor might enter from external source are closed
and tagged and with work permit.
9-9-3 Boiler filters and vents shall be opened and ensure that there is no pressure and the heat inside the boiler.
Electrical and mechanical vapor inlet and outlet valves shall be isolated before starting the work.
9-9-4 When performing work inside the boiler, any volatile flammable solvent shall not be used for cleaning
purposes and it is not allowed to enter oily waste or oily clothes into the combustion chamber.
9-9-5 It is not allowed for any worker to enter into the combustion chamber, super heater, economizer section,
ash pit or any other semi-enclosed area until the responsible person has specified that conditions are safe
for him to enter. This includes adherence with the correct positioning, and tagging damper valves (automatic
close joint) to avoid back flow of the combustion gases from other source. The worker is not allowed to
enter such area without obtaining approved work permit and informing the responsible person. Work
permit and hold tag procedures shall be followed.

138
9-9-6 Suitable protective goggles, respirators, hose mask and safety helmets shall be worn as required during
removal of slag from boiler furnaces or when perform cleaning.
9-9-7 No boiler, combustion chamber, condenser shell or heater shall be closed untl the person in charge has
absolutely prove that there is no person inside and this is confirmed by the direct supervisor. The
supervisor shall submit list of the persons working on the equipments before giving work permits and hold
tags.
9-9-8 When vapor blow-off break, a tube fail or some series leak develop, procedures recommended by the
manufacturer shall be followed.
9-9-9 When a blow-down line of a boiler, on which being worked on is connected to a common blow-down line
with other boilers and it is necessary to open the blow-down valves of the boiler being worked on or the
other boilers, it is not allowed to remove the hold tags until the valves of the boiler being worked on have
been closed.
9-9-10 Employees are not allowed to work on safety valves while the boilers are under pressure except to make
necessary adjustments nor they shall work near unvented safety valves while the boiler is under pressure.
9-9-11 It is not allowed to work on leaky vents, manheads, handholes plates and bolted flanges on steam lines
shall not be worked on while they are under pressure without obtaining specific approval from the plant
manager or his deputy.
9-9-12 While a hydrostatic test to a boiler, it is not allowed for any person to be inside the boilers except those
inspecting for leaks. When using pressure safety valve gauges, care shall be taken to ensure that they
removed before igniting the boiler.
9-9-13 All employees shall stay clear of pressurized oil, steam, water, gas or air escaping from a broken line or
fitting, and it is not allowed for any person to try to stop or reduce this leakage using his hands, feet or
other parts of his body. The pump, compressor or engine shall be stopped as soon as the leak is detected.
9-9-14 Hold tag shall be placed on the inlet and outlet circulating water valves before entering of workers into the
water box. If these valves are electrically operated, their main breakers shall be opened and hold tagged.
9-9-15 All boiler safety devices such as safety valves, relieve valves, fuel tripping devices, auxiliary tripping relays,
interlocks and alarms shall be tested according to instructions of plant management.
9-9-16 When discharging or performing maintenance for ash collector in case of its blockage, the workers shall
wear paper mask supported with sponge, protective goggles, long sleeves coverall and gloves.
9-9-17 When cleaning fuel igniters, the technician shall ensure that igniter nozzle is not blocked. Cleaning wastes
shall be disposed immediately and not collected in the cleaning area.
9-9-18 Fuel igniters cleaning area shall be far from path of boiler exhaust ducts or air heaters.
9-9-19 When returning the igniter to the boiler after cleaning, the worker shall stand in a near area to re-operate it
and ensure its firm connection and that there is no leakage from the igniter.
9-9-20 When cleaning the boilers from ash, water suction devices shall be used to avoid spread of ash to
adjacent areas.
9-9-21 Safety locks shall be placed on the valves and electrical switches, if necessary.

139
9-10 Hydrogen System
9-10-1 Adequate ventilation shall be provided, where hydrogen is used or stored because it has high flammable
and explosive properties. “No-Smoking”, “No- Open Flame” or “No- Spark” signs shall be placed in the
areas where hydrogen is used or stored.
9-10-2 Open flames shall be kept away from hydrogen cylinders, and employees shall not smoke near from
cylinders or their manifolds. Smoking is not allowed near hydrogen seal oil unit. “No- Smoking- Danger
Area” sign shall be put.
9-10-3 Sufficient and accessible amount of carbon dioxide shall be readily available at all times to purge the
hydrogen from the generator.
9-10-4 Any generator or other vessel contains air, shall be purged first by carbon dioxide before admitting
hydrogen gas.
9-10-5 Before entering into any generator or other vessel contains hydrogen, it shall be purged first by carbon
dioxide then by air. A test shall be performed to ensure the adequacy of oxygen by using approved device
before the workers enter the vessel.
9-10-6 If hydrogen seal oil pressure is lost and cannot be restored immediately, the hydrogen shall be purged from
generator using carbon dioxide gas.
9-10-7 Do not use spark-generating tools in the areas of hydrogen.
9-10-8 Gas cylinders shall be placed under shades to avoid their exposure to direct sunrays and should be raised
above the ground to prevent contact of water with cylinders.
9-10-9 Purity of hydrogen in (hydrogen-cooled) generators shall be within the nature operating limits. When purity
percentage is less than the safe limits (98%-100%), hydrogen shall be purged from the generator immediately
using carbon dioxide gas.
9-10-10 A proper operation of sensors that control hydrogen leakage at the top of the generator and hydrogen
generation unit shall be checked. Leakage percentage, if any, shall be checked periodically.
9-10-11 Hydrogen gas cylinders shall be identified with a certain mark to be distinguished from the other gases
cylinders because of the severe hazard of hydrogen.

9-11 Rotating Equipment

9-11-1 Employees shall not work on or near rotating equipment without taking the necessary precautions. To avoid
risk of injury, make sure that the machine is mechanically and electrically isolated before starting work and
that it is properly protected to prevent unintentional re-energization mistakes.
9-11-2 Loose clothing, dangling sleeves or loose ties shall not be worn around the rotating machines.
9-11-3 When working on any generator or engine that is out of service, workers shall ensure that it is isolated and
tagged by “Danger! Don’t operate this Machine” tags.
9-11-4 Warning signals shall be observed and others shall be warned when they are observed in dangerous
situations.
9-11-5 Employees who their duties do not require to approach or to handle electrical equipment, energized or
moving machinery, they shall be kept away from these equipment or dangerous lines and out of work
area.

140
9-12 Entering Confined Spaces
“Confine Space” refers to a place such as condenser, generator, tank, tunnel or any other space that is
accessed through manhole opening or other restricted opening, or which may become difficult to leave.
These places have special safety procedures that shall be followed and adhered by the workers:
9-12-1 Before the employee entering any confined area, he has first to inform his supervisor and obtain a
work permit, then ensure that all valves, switches, other control devices and mechanical operating devices
have been positioned, secured and hold tagged with hold tags as to prevent spontaneous operation of these
machines which endanger employees lives or health.
9-12-2 Any employee is not allowed to enter to a confined space unless there is another qualified person stand
outside the confined space (attendant) knows about job hazards and is ready to render assistance when
requested in case of any emergency circumstances.
9-12-3 To prevent locking of opening and doors of the confined spaces that the employees exist inside, locking
devices shall be stopped or doors should be secured at open position.
9-12-4 Any employee is not allowed to implement a work inside a boiler, combustion chamber, pressure vessel or
tank except under supervision of plant manager or his authorized representative.
9-12-5 Before that any person enter a boiler drum, all valves, including blow-down valves, water supply valves,
steam valves and fuel valves, shall be closed tightly and approved hold tags shall be displayed as follows:
(one at each blow-down valve and one at each water inlet valves). These tags shall not be removed until
completion of all works on the boiler and all persons exit from the boiler and then all handholes, manholes
and heater plates have been closed.
9-12-6 Only approved low voltage extension wires (6 or 12 V) shall be used in the boilers drums, pressure vessels
and tanks. These wires shall have sufficient lengths so that the transformer and the main plug kept outside
the wet area all times.
9-12-7 Before dismantling valves, flanges and similar devices in associated with boilers, pressure vessels or pressure
piping, the pressure shall be relieved and the equipment shall be drained safely and properly.
9-12-8 Employees shall not smoke or use open flame in the boiler while applying protective coating which contains
flammable solvent. Only explosion-proof lamps shall be used.

141
9-13 Housekeeping
9-13-1 Tools, materials and debris shall not be placed in a manner that may cause tripping or cause fire.
9-13-2 All stairway, walks, ramps fire escape and similar exists should be cleaned of any obstructions.
9-13-3 The responsible party on cleaning should clean the floors from any spilled oil, water or grease and put
warning sign regard its existence.
9-13-4 Work places should be cleaned regularly.
9-13-5 Washing facilities and toilets should be maintained in a sanitary condition by using disinfectants and cleaning
detergents.
9-13-6 A place should be designated for storing of tools and equipment after use.
9-13-7 Wastes should be put in approved containers and be disposed regularly, especially in the cases of presence
of flammable materials or harmful material to environment.
9-13-8 Accumulated dust and cobwebs should be cleaned at regular intervals from the overhead pipes, beams and
machines in all sites.
9-13-9 Drip pans should be placed under places where oil or water leaks or drips cannot be repaired and should be
cleaned continuously.
9-13-10 Broken glass should be safely encased before it is placed in waste cans.
9-13-11 Hoses should be kept folded on their suspenders.
9-13-12 Employees should store protective clothing and other materials within the control room in drawers or
cabinets designated for this purpose.

9-14 Work Area Protection

9-14-1 When employees are working on or above open grating, the grating shall be covered by suitable covering to
prevent materials, tools or parts from dropping to a lower level.
9-14-2 Whenever a dangerous area exist, such as excavation, open manholes or hand holes, openings in floors or
walkways, temporary bridges, exposure to falling objects, removed railing or barricades, etc,. the area shall
be roped off and warning signs and tapes shall be provided.
9-14-3 Approved warning ropes and signs shall be used to prevent unauthorized employees from entering a danger
area.
9-14-4 “DANGER AREA” signs shall be attached to the rope facing outward from the danger area and if possible on
all sides of the area.
9-14-5 It is not allowed for any person to climb over or pass under the warning rope
9-14-6 If it is necessary for employees to enter a roped-off area or warning tape, they should be thoroughly familiar
with hazards in the area, they shall enter only by opening the warning tape and return it immediately after
entering. When leaving, they should follow the same procedure.
9-14-7 It is allowed for operators to enter to a roped area to perform necessary missions, other employees shall
not enter the area except with a proper permit.

142
9-15 Danger Area Identification
9-15-1 The following protective measures shall be applied in any danger zone such as:
9-15-1-1 Electrical devices and energized exposed electrical conductors.
9-15-1-2 Floor openings and walkways
9-15-1-3 Uncovered manhole.
9-15-1-4 Removed railing and barricades.
9-15-1-5 Falling objects.
9-15-1-6 Testing devices.
9-15-1-7 Temporary installation, etc.
9-15-2 Approved yellow and black warning tape, signals, flags and barricades shall be used to prevent persons from
entering danger areas or from approaching dangerous equipment and other hazards. It is not allowed to any
person to climb over or pass under the warning tape.
9-15-3 The danger area shall be closed completely at the ground level either wholly by ropes or partly by ropes and
partly by permanent fences, bars or walls. The rope is installed over the ground level at a distance
of approximately (1 m). “DANGER AREA” signs shall be attached to the rope faced outside the danger area.
Sufficient number of signals shall be used to be easily seen from any direction of approach.
9-15-4 All permanent ladders, which are not authorized for use in the work, and the structural columns at the
outer circumference of the danger area, shall be fenced.
9-15-5 Supervisor is responsible on fencing danger areas at the ground level by ropes, tapes or warning and
direction signs.
9-15-6 Before start the work, the employees in charge of the work shall inspect the area to be sure that the
protection means are adequate.

143
9-16 Electrical Equipment Work Permit
9-16-1 Before start the work, the employee in charge of the work shall obtain a work permit for electrical
equipment from the authorized issuer, within clear limits and must ensure of non-existence of electrical
current by performing the necessary tests.
9-16-2 Places, on which hold tags are placed, shall indicate safe work distance limits.
9-16-3 Work shall not be implemented on or in any points beyond switch, other equipment or device that have
been tagged.
9-16-4 Work permit shall not be given machinery or equipment that is shut down or de-energized until putting all
mechanical and electrical control devices on OFF position and locked or secured, and have been properly
hold tagged.
9-16-5 Before start the work, the employee, in charge of the work, shall determine whether or not to apply
portable grounds. Portable grounds shall be applied if it is necessary to carry out the work on a buses or
other station equipment which may become energized from line to line, including power supply sources, or
from static charge, from stored energy transformer, lightning arrestors or electrical capacitors.

9-17 Grounding
9-17-1 If it is necessary to ground lines or equipment, grounding cable shall be connected at the ground end first
then to the equipment. When removed, the grounding cable shall be disconnected from the equipment first
and then from the ground. Connection points shall be clean and free from flammable liquids.
9-17-2 Before grounding the phases, voltage test shall be performed with an approved device or by buzzing with
an approved switch stick. It is allowed to remove grounds for testing the equipment. The work shall be
stopped on the equipment not associated with the test until reconnecting the grounds.
9-17-3 As a precaution to prevent occurrence of accidents during oil filtering, all receiving vessels, pumping and
filtering equipment shall be connected to a common ground. All exposed conductors on transformers,
regulators etc, , from which oil is filtered, shall be connected to the same common ground.
9-17-4 If there is electricity risk from more than one place in the work area, an additional grounding shall be
attached before and beyond work area.

144
9-18 Plant Locking
In all plants, access gates to all outdoor switchyard shall be locked at all times, except when the operator or
other authorized employee will observe traffic through the gate. A copy of door keys shall be kept with the
management and shift engineer.

9-19 Plant Equipment Voltage Tests

The employee in charge of the testing equipment is responsible for his personal safety, safety of any person
who may be working with him when he is ready for test, and for the safety of other persons who may be
working in the plant.

9-20 Entering Transformers, Oil Circuit Breakers and Oil Tanks

9-20-1 Smoking, using of open flames, welding or current inverting (commutator) type motors shall be prohibited in
the area until equipment is purged or adequate tests is made.
9-20-2 The gas space of closed electrical equipment shall be purged with nitrogen, especially in the possibility of
existence of flammable gases due to internal faults, arcing or tap changing under load, etc.

9-21 Working on and Around Generators

9-21-1 Before start any work on the generator, the responsible issuer of the work permit shall remove it from the
service and place suitable hold and warning tags.
9-21-2 Fire extinguishing equipment (of the generator) shall be locked out and tagged with warning tags.
9-21-3 Work permit shall be revised with the responsible issuer and the employee in charge. It is the responsibility
of the employee in charge to be sure that all members of the team understand the limits of the work permit.
9-21-4 All capacitors in the circuit shall be grounded.
9-21-5 All three phases of the generator shall be short-circuited to discharge the electrostatic charges and to
protect workers on the internal parts of the generator, such as bearings, heat exchangers and heaters.
9-21-6 Rotor shall be chained or blocked to prevent accidental turning. Where locking pins are provided on the
servo motors, they shall be placed and tagged.
9-21-7 Automatic Mechanical control devices (governors) shall be placed on manual control and hold tagged
operation. They shall not be operated except by orders of the employee in charge.
9-21-8 Generator brakes shall be made non operative to prevent accidental operation of brakes while the
employee is working on or near them.
9-21-9 Barriers shall be placed around all the hatches and manholes as soon as they are opened and safe access is
provided.
9-21-10 If there is no adequate ventilation for the employees in the units, fans shall be used to provide clean air, and
in the severe conditions, protective respirators shall be required.
9-21-11 If CO2 fire extinguishing equipment on a unit has operated, the unit and the entire area shall be thoroughly
ventilated by use of fans before allowing any person to enter either the unit or to any low area where the
gas might be accumulated.

145
9-22 Turbine Generators
9-22-1 Turbine generators shall be operated and stopped according to approved plant operation instructions.
9-22-2 When employees are working on or above open grating, they shall be covered by suitable covering to
prevent tools or parts from dropping to a lower level.
9-22-3 Work area shall be protected by placing barricades around the danger area when removing grating.
9-22-4 Lubrication system shall be maintained continuously in a proper way.
9-22-5 Oil leaks shall be controlled. Leaks near from the turbine or vapor lines are considered emergency cases and
shall be reported and fixed immediately.

9-23 Gas Turbines

9-23-1 It is not allowed for any employee to start the work on the engine, inlet plenum, exhaust chamber or
electrical generator until removing all related equipment and obtain the work permit. Before giving the
permit, inlet plenum and exhaust chamber shall be inspected to ensure that there are no foreign objects.
9-23-2 It is not allowed for any person to enter engine chamber during operation unless absolutely necessary. See
Item (9-12)
9-23-3 If it is necessary to work in a confined space without unit clearance where there are fuel vapor, exhaust
fumes or CO2 nozzles, adequate ventilation shall be provided.
9-23-4 Approved suitable ear protector shall be worn during operation of gas turbine or when entering the engine
enclosure or in the vicinity of the engine with enclosure doors open.
9-23-5 While the engine is running or after short period of its shut down, absolute care shall be taken to avoid
contact with hot parts.
9-23-6 Any work shall not be implemented on inlet plenum or the exhaust chamber while the unit is in operation.
9-23-7 The worker must leave engine compartment immediately when warning start signal is sounded unless he is
authorized to exist.
9-23-8 Safety valves, pressure relief valves, mechanically operated stop valves, electrical and mechanical protective
engaging devices, audible, visual and written warning signals shall be checked according to preventive
maintenance time schedules.
9-23-9 Any safety device on any boiler shall not be locked or stopped from work without permission form plant
officer.
9-23-10 Must make sure that all safety devices are always working in a good manner.
9-23-11 Before operating the generator unit after completion of maintenance works, trial operation shall be
performed for the systems to ensure that there are no oil and fuel leaks and the housekeeping of the site
before final operation.

146
9-24 Fuel Handling
9-24-1 It is strictly forbidden to smoke or use open flame in the saturated zone with gases, fuel or oils vapors.
9-24-2 Suitable warning and direction signs shall be placed in the work sites especially at the fuels places.
9-24-3 Gas or fuel leaks are considered emergency cases and shall be reported to the line supervisor immediate
measures to stop the leakage and repair the fault should be done.
9-24-4 When discharging gas or oil lines, avoid discharge on the floor or on any other object that may lead to
ignition of fuel vapor.
9-24-5 Suitable warning and fire fighting devices shall be always available.
9-24-6 Correct grounding shall be provided for fuel tankers to discharge electrostatic charges resulted from liquids
frictions.
9-24-7 Floors shall be cleaned always from fuels to avoid fire.
9-24-8 Environment protection instructions on oil, fuel oil or gases leakage shall be applied.
9-24-9 It is strictly forbidden to enter gasoline operated cars or equipment to fuel storage and unloading area.
9-24-10 Truck safety shall be checked before entering to fuel unloading area.

9-25 Fuel Tanks Maintenance

9-25-1 Before working on fuel tanks, suitable and clear work permit shall be obtained for the works that shall be
implemented and recorded on it all safety precautions.
9-25-2 Tank area shall be isolated by chains and suitable warning safety tapes.
9-25-3 Fire distinguishing systems shall be isolated and protected during the work.
9-25-4 Tanks shall be well discharged, ventilated and cleaned before start the work on them.
9-25-5 Tanks shall be tested to ensure that it is free from toxic or flammable gases by using multi-purpose
inspection device, and monitoring these gases concentration during the work is a must.
9-25-6 Percentage of oxygen in the air inside the tanks shall be checked.
9-25-7 What is applied to the work in confined spaces shall be applied to the tanks.
9-25-8 When discharging fuel from the tank using suction pump and fuel tankers, the pump shall be installed while
the fuel tanker is parking outside tanks basin.
9-25-9 Wastes resulted from sandblasting shall be disposed immediately and transported away and buried in a deep
pit in a place that is not used by human or animals to protect environment from pollution according to
instructions of the competent party.

147
9-26 Gantry Cranes
9-26-1 Both rails clamps and wheel brakes shall be applied at all times when outdoor cranes are not in use.
9-26-2 Limit switches on cranes shall be tested regularly, but should not be relied upon to stop the engine.

9-27 Rigging and Hoisting

9-27-1 During hoisting works and load moving, employees shall not pass or work under the suspended load.
Suspended loads shall be controlled by taglines, when necessary. Hoisting equipment shall be operated
within its capacity limits.
9-27-2 Employees responsible for rigging shall be acquainted with proper knots, and hitches and safe methods of
hooking and sliding loads.
9-27-3 Crane operators shall not raise, lower or swing loads except by signal from an authorized person. Crane
operator must ensure that all persons are standing away during hoisting operation and must obey signals of
the person responsible for crane operations, except in emergency cases, where the operator must obey a
signal to stop obey from any person in the area until the responsible person ensure of the situation.
9-27-4 When lowering loads or assembling the equipment, workers are not allowed to use their feet to guide the
load to its place, and the handled materials shall be laid on boards and sleepers, as necessary, to protect
fingers of the worker, equipments and the floor.
9-27-5 If it is necessary to perform maintenance on the crane bridge, main power switch on the crane shall be
opened and tagged. For the technician who does the work. After completion the work, this technician will
remove the tag.
9-27-6 Whenever practical, all actions shall be taken to prevent motion of the crane with the load over the
operating equipment.
9-27-7 Tools and materials shall not left on the crane, as they may fall.
9-27-8 Main power switch shall be pulled or switched off before leaving the crane.
9-27-9 Ropes, slings, hooks and fittings shall be checked to ensure that there are no kinks, cuts, wear or weak
points and of adequate capacity for the load weight.
9-27-10 Supporting parts shall be checked searching for chains cut before use.
9-27-11 Type of hitch and the angle between the cable and the vertical line shall be considered when determining
cable size. Cable angle shall be decreased less than 45°, if possible.

148
9-27-12 Care shall be taken to prevent damage to cable and ropes when lifting heavy loads with sharp edges. Pads
shall be put in a suitable way to prevent cable damage and the load shall be lifted slowly without severe
tension.
9-27-13 The load shall be balanced before lifting to prevent swinging and correct hitches shall be used to keep the
balance during lifting period, and if necessary, taglines can be used to keep constant control.
9-27-14 Hitches shall be used to avoid exerting unnecessary stress on the cable or rope.
9-27-15 Any worker is not allowed to exist within the angle formed by cable under tension.
9-27-16 When employees are working near energized electrical equipment, proper safe distance shall be kept.
9-27-17 Workers must not ride on the load or hooks.
9-27-18 When there is hazard of sudden release of the load or if the hoist chain is suspended from a long cable, the
hooks shall be snubbed with wires or ropes.

9-28 Scaffolds
9-28-1 Scaffolds shall be made of sound materials, securely fastened and capable of safely supporting the weight of
workers and material to which they are subjected.
9-28-2 All scaffolds shall be equipped with guard rails toe board and access ladder.
9-28-3 Scaffolds shall not be moved unless all tools and equipment resting on the scaffold deck are removed.
9-28-4 Wooden scaffold shall not be painted and shall be free of oil, etc..., before use.
9-28-5 Portable steel scaffold shall be erected according to manufacturer recommendations.
9-28-6 Scaffolds erected over foot paths shall be raised from the ground by two meters. There must be a screen
(No18 gaug u.s. standard wire mesh) between the toe board and guard rail
9-28-7 Wheels of wheeled scaffolding shall be blocked before ascending.

9-29 Emergency Cases

9-29-1 Instructions on emergency cases shall be followed (such as restart instructions after blackouts in power
plants and substations).
9-29-2 These instructions shall be written by plant management for each plant specifically to be studied by the
workers to avoid any delay or risks.
9-29-3 In case of gas leakage, all persons must move to a safe place, and everyone facing a wind carrying a gas must
move quickly away from wind direction.

149
9-30 Equipment Identification
All turbine generators with their auxiliaries, boilers boiler room and their auxiliaries and other operating
equipment shall be marked by their distinct numbers to avoid occurrence of any possible identification error
in disconnecting or isolating the wrong equipment in or out of service. These identification numbers shall
be kept clean and visible.

9-31 Radiography
9-31-1 Radioactive materials are used in the filming of welding works to ensure that they are free of cracks,
especially in vapor pipes, boiler valves and fuel pipes, and also in detection of the pipes that withstand
pressures or heat in general. It is also used to check lifting equipment and cranes to ensure that they are
free from cracks. It is used also in medical treatment centers and hospitals, known as X-ray.
9-31-2 Radioactive materials are used by trained and authorized persons to perform such works.
9-31-3 Persons who are dealing with radioactive materials or other sources of radiation shall be familiar with means
and methods of protection against risks of radiation hazards, well trained on dealing with radioactive
materials and must have experience and ability to shorten the duration of radiation exposure or increase the
distance between them and the source of radiation.
9-31-4 Protective barriers shall be used between the person and the source of radiation.
9-31-5 Radiation protective cloths shall be worn when working near source of radiation, such as (coat, coverall,
gloves, boats, respirators, etc). These equipment shall be made from radiation impermeable materials.
9-31-6 The procedures shoule be followed when working in an area with radioactive materials:
9-31-6-1 No eating, drinking, smoking or storing food in radioactive -materials work areas.
9-31-6-2 Radioactive materials area shall be surrounded by barriers, protective fence, warning tapes and standard
warning signs. Only authorized persons are allowed to enter and must have access permit.
9-31-6-3 Any material exist in radioactive materials area shall not be used or moved except after measuring the
degree of radiation pollution and to make sure that these materials are free of pollution.
9-31-6-4 Straws suction shall not be used in area with radioactive materials.
9-31-6-5 Radioactive materials containers shall be identified by a label indicating (type, quantity of the radioactive
isotopes and date, “Radioactive Materials” warning sign) and radiation danger symbol.
9-31-6-6 Area with radioactive materials shall not be covered with any black papers that absorb radiation.
9-31-6-7 When storing radioactive materials, they shall be placed in a safe well and selected place provided with
warning sign. Protective cover shall be used to reduce radiation level less than 5 micro roentgens / h on the
surface.
9-31-6-8 In case of any imaging operation that may cause any risks, several trials shall be performed without using
radioactive materials to ensure performing the operation successfully.

150
9-31-6-9 Any radioactive materials container or store must withstand radiation velocity of 30 linear meter /min and
more.
9-31-7 Personal protection
9-31-7-1 Protective clothes, gloves, boats and hats shall be worn in case of expecting radioactive leak.
9-31-7-2 Persons who have skin cuts or wounds must use first aid water seal dressings to isolate these cuts and
wounds or they have to stop working or handling radioactive materials.
9-31-7-3 Persons working in area with radioactive materials must measure radiation pollution level on the body and
hair as well as clothes and shoes at successive periods. If existence of polution is noted, it shall be removed
immediately before leaving the area.
9-31-7-4 A device shall be placed in the pocket of the employee to measure and observe quantity of exposure to take
the necessary measures before the employee exposing to dangerous quantities.

151
Section Ten
Welding Works Safety Instructions

152
Section Ten: Welding Works Safety Instructions
Article Subject Page
10–1 General Rules 154
10–2 Welding Using Oxygen and Gas Equipments 155
10–3 Arc Welding 157
10–4 Screening (Shielding) 158
10–5 Welding Lenses 158

153
10-1 General Rules
10-1-1 Before performing any welding works in confined place or with the possibility of presence of flammable
materials, flammable gases test should be conducted on work place using approved gas detector.
10-1-2 Workers, who are authorized to carry out welding or cutting works, should wear appropriate and approved
personal protective equipment, such as gloves, sleeves (arms cover), welding apron, welding helmets or
flash protective goggles, etc. Outer clothing must be free of oil, grease and flammable materials. Also, must
fasten the cloths surrounding the wrist and neck, and the pants should be long enough to cover the upper
parts of shoes, which must be of long type (boots). Welding works must be performed by a team of two
persons at least.
10-1-3 The area, in which welding or cutting works are performed, must be surrounded by a barrier of ropes or
warning tape to prevent unauthorized persons from entering.
10-1-4 Welding screen or shield shall be used in all welding and cutting works, as necessary and practicable, to
protect the employees and the other workers in the surrounding areas.
10-1-5 Appropriate eye protective equipments must be worn according to the type of welding process.
10-1-6 Before start welding or cutting any barrel, drum or container contains flammable material, it must be
cleaned entirely and filled with water or any inert gas. When heating or burning pipe ends, appropriate
precautions must be taken to avoid explosion of gas pockets formed in the pipes and workers must observe
the other end of the pipe to prevent approaching of any person.
10-1-7 Adequate ventilation must be provided when performing brazing, cutting or welding any materials coated
with lead, brass, bronze, galvanized materials or any other materials which may generate toxic fumes.
10-1-8 Work permit must be obtained before commencing welding or cutting works in a restricted areas or
confined spaces after measuring the percentage of toxic and flammable gases and monitoring them from time
to time during the work.
10-1-9 Adequate and appropriate fire fighting equipment must be provided in work place during welding or cutting
works.
10-1-10 Sparks must be prevented to fall on gas cylinders, flammable materials or equipment while in operation.
10-1-11 Hoses and cables must not form a risk that leads to tripping or to left them expose to hazard.
10-1-12 Adequate ventilation shall be provided in confined spaces, making sure that oxygen percentage is within the
permissible limits (20% of air) and monitored continuously.
10-1-13 Welding workers are prohibited to use contact lenses.

154
10-2 Welding Using Oxygen and Gas Equipment
10-2-1 Transport and Storage of Compressed Gas Cylinders
10-2-1-1 Cylinders are transported, stored, used and installed securely in an upright (vertical) position, and should
not be rolled or dropped and not be handled with the gauges fitted on it. When not in use, they should be
stored in a certain area allocated for this purpose with valve cap on.
10-2-1-2 Appropriate device, such as a trolley, cylinder cart or a trolley with chain is used to protect cylinders from
impact or fall during use.
10-2-1-3 The cylinder valve shall be closed during motion.
10-2-1-4 When transporting the cylinders, valves protective caps shall be in place and the regulators removed from
their places. Cylinders shall be firmly secured to a carrier designed for this purpose and must not use slings
for their transport.

10-2-2 Placing Cylinders

10-2-2-1 Cylinders shall be kept far from welding and cutting works, so they do not get any flame or flying sparks .
Cylinders should be protected by providing approved fire-resistant shields.
10-2-2-2 Cylinders should be placed so that cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Cylinders should not be used
to make an arc with welding electrode.
10-2-2-3 Cylinders should be kept in upright position away from open flame, hot metal or other sources of heat.
10-2-2-4 Oxygen and gas cylinders should not be taken into confined spaces.
10-2-2-5 Cylinders should not be used for climbing or as a buffer or support.
10-2-2-6 Defective cylinders should be isolated from the used cylinders for disposal by safe and proper ways.
10-2-2-7 Hammer or wrench should not be used to open cylinder valves. If it is not opened by hand, contact and
notify the supplier or manufacturer.
10-2-2-8 Cylinder must be located in a place so that in case of emergency or explosion, losses will be as less as
possible.

10-2-3 Fuel Gas Cylinders

10-2-3-1 Before connecting the regulators to the cylinder valve, the valve must be opened slightly and closed
immediately to clean the valve from dust and dirt which may enter to the regulator. This process is called
“cracking the valve”. The person who cracks the valves must stand beside and not in front of the opened
valve. If there is danger of ignition, fuel gas cylinder valve should not be “cracked”.
10-2-3-2 Valves must be opened slowly to avoid damage to the regulator, and must not open fuel gas cylinder valve
more than one and half turn to be closed quickly in case of an emergency. When using special wrench to
open cylinder valve, it should be kept in its place on the stem of the valve during the use of the cylinder.

155
10-2-3-3 Before removing the regulator from fuel gas cylinder, the cylinder valve and the excess gas from the regulator
shall be closed.
10-2-3-4 Defective gas cylinder must be removed out of service and sent for repair or replaced.
10-2-3-5 Cylinders are placed in safe, easily accessible and well-ventilated places and never placed in closed places.
10-2-3-6 The maximum allowable acetylene pressure is 15 psi
10-2-3-7 Acetylene should not be used to discharge the oxygen, or vice versa, from welding hoses.
10-2-3-8 It is strictly forbidden to replace a hose during use.
10-2-3-9 Flame should be extinguished by stopping the supply of acetylene first then oxygen.
10-2-3-10 Cylinder valves should not be used to discharge the gas.
10-2-3-11 It is prohibited to perform maintenance operations for cylinder valves filled with gas or mixture of gas and air.
10-2-3-12 Cylinders should be subjected to hydrostatic pressure tests in a period ranging from (2-10 years) according
to manufacturer recommendations, and also should be subjected to internal, external and hydraulic pressure
test, to approve the use of a new period.
10-2-3-13 New test date must be stamped on cylinder body.
10-2-3-14 In the event of existence of cylinders inside a fire, cylinders must be removed away from the fire and cooled
by water spry from a safe distance. The cylinders subjected to fire must be marked and inspected by a specialist.
10-2-3-15 Cylinders must be marked with clear, distinct and known marks to prevent mistakes when filled with their
specified gas.
10-2-3-16 Cylinder content should be ensured before the use by observing the seal on cylinder body, identity tag or
the distinct color.

10-2-4 Welding Hoses

10-2-4-1 Distinction between fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall be readily by color or texture and not be
interchanged.
10-2-4-2 Hoses should be inspected carefully before use each day or each shift, as the case is be, and defective hoses
should be removed out of service..
10-2-4-3 Hoses exposed to flash back, wear or severe damage, shall be tested under a pressure at twice the normal
pressure or at 300 psi at least.
10-2-4-4 Welding hoses shall be returned to their specified well-ventilated storage places after completion of work.
10-2-4-5 Hoses, cables and other equipment must be kept away from corridors, adders and stairs.

10-2-5 Welding Torch

10-2-5-1 Torch tips used in welding and cutting must be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires or other devices
designed for cleaning purposes.
10-2-5-2 Torches should be inspected for holes or leaks before use and before each shift and the defective ones must
be repaired or replaced.
10-2-5-3 Friction igniter or other approved devices should be used to light the torches, and do not use matches or hot pieces.

156
10-2-6 Regulators and Gauges
Oxygen and fuel-gas pressure regulators and their gauges must be in a good condition during use.
10-2-7 Oil and Grease Dangers
Oxygen cylinders and fittings, including regulator and hoses, must be kept away from oil and grease. Oxygen
should not be directed to oily surfaces and greasy cloths or inside fuel oil tank, storage tank or other
containers.

10-3 Arc Welding

10-3-1 Manual Electrical Holder
10-3-1-1 Only electrode holder designed specially for arc welding and cutting should be used. Electrode holder
withstand maximum rated current limit for the electrode.
10-3-1-2 All the parts that the current passing through and also passing through the portion of the holder in the hand
of the welder must be fully insulated to provide protection against the maximum voltage limit while passing
to the ground.

10-3-2 Welding Cables and Connectors

10-3-2-1 Arc welding cables must be fully insulated, flexible type and withstand the maximum used current, taking
into account the basis of operation cycle under which welder or cutter is working.
10-3-2-2 The Cable must be free of repairs and splices for 3 m at least the electrode holder, but if the cables are
provided with insulated approved connectors and splices, then it is allowed to use the cable.
10-3-2-3 When a connection is used to extend the cable, the connections must be properly insulated and can
withstand the electrical current passing in the cable.
10-3-2-4 The cable, which was repaired in an unapproved method, must not be used.

10-3-3 Ground Return Connection and Grounding Machine

10-3-3-1 Ground return cable should withstand electrical current equal to at least the maximum power resulted from
arc welding, cutting unit or units.
10-3-3-2 Liquid or gas pipelines or pipes, which contain electrical circuits, are not allowed to be used as ground
return connections.
10-3-3-3 If the ground return circuit includes iron structure or pipeline, electrical contact should be made at all
connections. If electrical arcing sparks or heat generated at any point, the structure or the pipeline is not
suitable for use as a part of the circuit.
10-3-3-4 If a structure or pipeline is used permanently as ground return circuit, all connections must be bonded and inspected
periodically to ensure non-occurrence of electrolysis or existence of potential fir risk.
10-3-3-5 Ground connections must be mechanically strong and electrically adequate.
10-3-3-6 All connections must be fixed, strong and adequate to withstand the current resulted from welding process.

157
10-3-4 Operation Instructions
10-3-4-1 Welding or cutting electrodes must be removed from electrode holder after completion of work or when left
unattended.
10-3-4-2 Electrode holder shall be protected or insulated so it will not make electrical contact with workers or other objects.
10-3-4-3 Hot electrodes must not be immersed in water.
10-3-4-4 Power supply switch shall be disconnected when leaving the work for any period of time or when moving the
welding machine.
10-3-4-5 Any faulty or defective equipment must be reported to the site supervisor or administrator and removed out of
service for maintenance or repair.

10-4 Screening (Shielding)

A non-flammable barrier or screen must be used, wherever possible and necessary, to protect employees and other
persons close to the direct arc rays.

10-5 Welding Lenses

It is recommended to use the shaded lenses shown in table (10-1) for different welding works:

Table (10-1)
Shadow No.
Use
2 Soldering
3 or 4 Welding using gun welding with brazing and light cutting up to one inch
4 or 5 Light gas welding up to 1/8 inch and medium cutting up to 6 inches.
Medium gas welding from 1/8 to 1/2 inch and heavy cutting from 6 inches and
5 or 6
more
6 or 8 Heavy welding from 1/2 inch and more.
10 Metals arc welding with electrodes from 1/16 to 5/32 inch
11 Non-ferrous gas shielded arc welding with electrodes from 1/16 to 5/32 inch.
Ferrous gas shield arc welding with electrodes from 1/16 to 5/32 inch, and

12 shielded-metal arc welding from 3/16 to 1/4 inch.
Shielded - metal arc welding with electrodes from 5/16 to 3/8 inch and carbon arc
14
welding.

158
Section Eleven
Handling Chemical Materials

159
Section Eleven: Handling Chemical Materials
Article Subject Page
11-1 General Rules 161
11-2 Handling Chemical Pesticides 162
11-3 Acids, Caustic Materials and Other Chemical Materials 163
11-4 Explosive Materials 165
11-5 Cleaning Fluids and Organic Solvents 166

160
11-1 General Rules
11-1-1 When handling chemicals, worker must ensure the quality and nature of the chemical material, and its compliance
with trade names.
11-1-2 Material sample analysis must be performed to determine the procedures to be observed.
11-1-3 Necessary safety measures must be determined in accordance with the properties of chemicals and must be trained
on the proper methods appropriate for their use and handling.
11-1-4 When transporting oils, fuels and other chemical materials samples, contents of each sample must be identified and
placed in safe containers before being transported.
11-1-5 Workers who are responsible for purchasing, receiving, storing and handling chemical materials must ensure the
availability of material safety data sheet (MSDS).
11-1-6 Personal hygiene must be observed when dealing with chemical materials and wastes.
11-1-7 Appropriate tools and equipment must be used instead of hands as possible.
11-1-8 Suitable protective clothes and personal protective equipment such as respirators and chemical materials gloves
must be used.
11-1-9 Personal protective equipment must be examined to ensure their effectiveness and quality.
11-1-10 Work places with high concentration of toxic fumes and gases must be provided with safe ventilation systems for
recirculation of work place air.
11-1-11 Work atmosphere shall be examined periodically at hazardous locations to test the rates of concentration of fumes
and gases and compared them with minimum and maximum allowed limits.
11-1-12 A single person access is prevented in the places with high rates of gases and fumes and appropriate respirators must
be used.
11-1-13 Workers in hazardous workplaces must be subjected to special awareness raise on occupational health and safety
rules.
11-1-14 Respirators with air supply and gas protective masks must be used in the places where it is hard to find adequate
ventilation or in the places with high concentration of gases.
11-1-15 Chemical materials and its fumes protective goggles must be used.
11-1-16 Places of chemical materials must be provided with clean water, body and eye washing devices.
11-1-17 Supervisor must always make sure there is continuous and adequate supply of water to be used in washing
operations of spilt chemical materials.
11-1-18 Tubes must be marked in a manner that indicates contents of these tubes and the risks of the materials inside.

161
11-1-19 Workers responsible for storage or handling chemical materials must refer to material safety data sheet (MSDS) to
identify:
11-1-19-1 Health hazards.
11-1-19-2 Fire hazards.
11-1-19-3 Reaction hazards.
11-1-19-4 Handling and storage.
11-1-19-5 Personal protective equipment.
11-1-19-6 First aids

11-2 Handling Chemical Pesticides

11-2-1 Before using any herbicides or other chemical materials, employees must read carefully the instructions on the
container and follow the guidelines and use the necessary personal protective equipment.
11-2-2 Employees must avoid inhaling or breathing spry mist or skin contact with spry materials and must use personal
protective equipments (special filtering mask or respirators, gloves and goggles).
11-2-3 Daily cleaning of spray equipment . . .
11-2-4 Spry works must not be carried out in windy weather.
11-2-5 Spilled oil and other liquids on the automatic spry equipment or on any other locations must be removed
immediately to prevent falling or slipping.
11-2-6 Connections and hoses installed on hydraulic spry equipment must be inspected before use to prevent spread or
leakage of chemical materials.
11-2-7 Smoking is prevented at or around spry equipment.
11-2-8 Herbicides and other chemical materials must not be left in a place that pose a thread to individuals or properties
and should be stored in good ventilation places.
11-2-9 Empty containers should be disposed in a safe manner according to instructions of the competent authority, and
never be thrown in the ponds, lakes, streams or in high temperature places in order to preserve the environment.
11-2-10 Spry residuals must be disposed in a safe manner to preserve the environment according to instructions of the
competent authority.
11-2-11 When exposing to chemical pesticides spry, first aid must be performed, including wash of entire body with soap and
water and eyes with water for a period not less than 15 minutes.

162
11-3 Acids, Caustic Materials and Other Chemical Materials
11-3-1 Any amounts of acids must be kept in large bottles or container approved from the manufacturer or the competent
authority and must hold visible marks. These container must not be used in any other purpose.
11-3-2 Acids must not be stored near heaters, steam pipes or other sources of heat.
11-3-3 Chemical materials must be stored in vertical container, indicating their contents and securely covered.
11-3-4 Acids or spilled caustic chemicals must be flushed with large quantities of water and must not be dried.
11-3-5 Employees who handling (acids, caustic, incendiary, toxic, etc..) chemicals should wear approved gloves, aprons, eye
and face protective equipments and must take precautions to prevent personal injuries.
11-3-6 All new materials must be investigated thoroughly before use to know their toxic properties and employees must be
informed about any involved hazards.
11-3-7 Chemical materials pumps must be washed externally before reuse in filling chemical materials or before it is
subjected to maintenance process.
11-3-8 Suitable warning signs must be placed in areas of storing acids and caustic materials.
11-3-9 Suitable barricades must be placed around the areas in which acid cleaning works will be performed and smoking or
use of open flame is not allowed.
11-3-10 Suitable measures such as hydrogen gas detection system must be developed to avoid explosions due to the released
hydrogen or injuries from the chemical materials,.
11-3-11 It is not allowed to use contact lenses when handling acids, caustic or corrosive chemical materials.
11-3-12 Valves and equipments that control of motion of chemical materials shall be operated only by qualified and well
trained employees or by supplier employees.
11-3-13 Approved protective equipments and clothes must be worn if there is a possibility of spillage, fly or leakage of acids
or caustic materials in quantities that may harm the person handling them. Type and specifications of the necessary
clothes and equipments are determined according to quantity of the handled acid on caustic material, while the
minimum limit of the protective equipments are, chemical goggles, chemical gloves and acid resistant aprons.
11-3-14 If any acid, caustic material or chemical material came in contact with skin or eyes, it must be washed entirely with
large amount of running water for a period not less than 15 minutes, don’t rub eyes and must consult a doctor
immediately. The following must be observed:
11-3-14-1 The employee shall not handle acids or caustic materials unless there is adequate water supply to drench and flush
eyes and body promptly.
11-3-14-2 After handling large amounts of caustic materials, the employee should take a shower to remove the chemical
material fumes to avoid skin irritation.
11-3-15 Large bottles (carboy) or acid container must be inspected carefully before being raised or moved to make sure that
they are free of leakages or defects. The wire holding the bottle cover must be checked to make sure of its safety
and fitness, also the cover is secure. All motions must be slow to avoid acid agitation.
11-3-16 Storage capacity of acid tank must be measured before start unloading the acid from the tanker to make sure that
there is enough space inside the tank to contain the acid volume that will be added without causing overflow.

163
11-3-17 Before unloading the tanker, warning signs must be placed in a visible location and barriers must be put to warn all
employees from the imminent danger.
11-3-18 Only the approved methods, tools and equipment shall be used to extract the acid from the container. Compressed
air shall not be used unless the container is designed for this purpose provided with the method to transfer the acid
by the compressed air. It is forbidden to suck the acid by mouth using graduated pipette.
11-3-19 Acid in the railway tanker must be discharged according to local standards.
11-3-20 When mixing water with acid or caustic material, acid or caustic material should be poured gradually and not the
contrary.
11-3-21 If it is necessary to enter a tank or a vat for cleaning, the worker must wear approved helmet to protect the head,
rubber gloves, rubber or plastic external clothes and safety shoes resistant to chemical materials. The worker shall
also wear air supplied mask and life line. At least one person shall remain standing outside the tank or the vat to grab
the life line.
11-3-22 The hydrazine and morpholine are two highly toxic and caustic materials that must not be handled without adequate
ventilation skin or cloth contact must be avoided and their fumes must be expelled.
11-3-23 All small containers, such as bottles, must be entirely washed when emptied, while the carboy, steed drums or tanks
shall not be washed, but it will be completely drained of all acid before being returned to the supplier.
11-3-24 Open flame and smoking is prevented when working with or near acid in metal containers such as tanks, condensers
or boilers. Sparks proof tools must be used always in case of risk of hydrogen accumulation.

164
11-4 Explosive Materials
11-4-1 Dynamite or explosive materials must be used and exploded only by qualified persons have suitable work permits to
implement company works.
11-4-2 Handling and igniting of explosives must be performed by qualified, competent and experienced persons according
to technical standards taking care of the company employees, properties, equipment and facilities and other adjacent
facilities and people.
11-4-3 For blasting works to be implemented within an area of radius from 500 to 1500m away from any company facilities,
Industrial security requires the following:
11-4-3-1 Issuance of work permit from operation division (belong to the competent department)
11-4-3-2 Blaster shall have valid license to practice the profession.
11-4-3-3 Qualification documents of blasters.
11-4-3-4 The contractor must submit information about the distance from the company faculties, scope of work, drawings,
quantity and depth of the blasting charge and maximum quantity of the charge.
11-4--4 Contractor responsible for blasting should acknowledge in writing that blasting will absolutely not affect any facility,
equipment, lines or third parties' properties.
11-4--5 Blasting work is subject to control of industrial security department.
11-4--6 Blasting must not performed within 500m radius of a facility belong to Saudi Electricity Company or other facilities.
11-4--7 Blasting form shall be filled and submitted to industrial security department.
11-4--8 Coordination and taking approval from the competent body in Ministry of Interior.

165
11-5 Cleaning Fluids and Organic Solvents
11-5-1 Only solvents approved by the company shall be used for in cleaning purposes.
11-5-2 If some works require certain type of solvents, specific instructions shall be issued for their use after being evaluated
by Loss Prevention Section.
11-5-3 Before using any organic solvent, adverse effects and threshold limit value of solvent vapor concentration must be
known. This limit must not be exceeded in the work area under any circumstances.
11-5-4 Users of organic solvents must use appropriate personal protective equipments.
11-5-5 When using cleaning fluids in confined spaces, adequate ventilation must be provided.
11-5-6 Gasoline (petrol) or carbon tetrachloride must never be used as a cleaning agent or grease remover. (degreasing
agent)
11-5-7 Certain place must be determined to store organic solvent containers and canister. This place must be dry and well
ventilated. Containers must not be exposed to direct sunrays and storage shall be in accordance to the solvent type.
11-5-8 Flammable solvents shall be handled and stored only in special and approved safety containers and shall be identified
by suitable marking tags contain precautions and instructions of use.
11-5-9 Organic solvents storage containers must not be exposed to source of heat or flame.
11-5-10 Adequate fire extinguishers must be provided in easy access place when using flammable solvents.
11-5-11 Flammable fluids must not be transported in trailers provided with radio transmitters or receivers.

166
Section Twelve
Fire Protection

167
Section Twelve: Fire Protection
Article Subject Page
12-1 General Rules 169
12-2 Classification of Fire 169
12-3 Fire Prevention 170
12-4 Fire Protection Systems and Equipment 172
12-5 Fire Drills and fire Brigade Training 174
12-6 Fire Reporting 174
12-7 Investigation in Fire Incidents 175

168
12–1 General Rules
Fires pose severe danger to persons and properties and subsequently they exterminate workers and current assets
in industrial entities. It is a common knowledge that fires are easy to prevent, yet difficult to fight; as many premises,
assets and products have been lost due to negligence or recklessness in following the simplest means of fir
protection; therefore, each employee of the Saudi Electricity Company shall have to effectively participate in the
company's fire protection programs. It is essential for each employee to know certain facts on fire; what is fire, how
to prevent the occurrence thereof and how to fight it.
12–1–1 Concerned departments, in coordination with the Industrial Security Departments within the operating areas, shall
include the new projects (units, plants, warehouses, administrative buildings, etc) by providing them with the suitable
protection system, including fire extinguishers, and alarm and fire systems; additionally, the needs of the existing
premises for such systems must be studied and supplied with the necessary systems.
12–1–2 Must ensure that the fire equipment and tools are in place and in good condition, and that the employees have
received training and instructions on the proper use of such equipment and tools and maintenance.
12–1–3 No system, equipment or extinguishing materials may be purchased or installed. But unless type is approved to
protect the facilities of the Saudi Electricity Company.
12–1–4 Fire fighting equipment and tools shall not be used for fire fighting purposes.
12–1–5 Regular inspection of the fire fighting systems and equipment, including air conditioning, ventilation, fire exits, and
partitioning door, shall be made to ensure that they properly operate when required; (delay in reporting on fires
because of the breakdown of the alarm system or a fire system or equipment may result in partial or complete loss
due to fire).
12–1–6 No system or equipment that has been used may be put back to service unless ensuring the readiness thereof, (fire
department shall be notified of any need for refilling fire extinguishers or maintenance service… etc).
12–1–7 To report the immediate superior or manager of any danger that may lead to break out of fire within the work area
so to take a corrective action.
12–1–8 Turned out bunker set in accordance with the approved specifications must be provided for fire volunteers.
12–1–9 At hearing the fire alarm horn, all employees shall evacuate the site at once.

12–2 Classification of Fire

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) classified fires according to the combusted material into four types:
12–2–1 solid materials of organic nature symbolized by (A); these are fires resulting from the burning of ordinary
combustible solid materials are, such as timber, paper and clothes; water is considered as the highly effective
extinguishing agent for this type of fires. Additionally, multipurpose dry chemical powder and halogen
materials can also be used to extinguish this class of fires.

169
12–2–2 Gaseous materials and flammable liquids fires symbolized by (B), Foam, carbon dioxide, dry chemicals and
environment- friendly (clean) gases are considered as appropriate agents for extinguishing this class of fires.
12–2–3 Electric equipment fires symbolized by (C); these are fires of electrically energized electric equipment; for these
type of fire, nonconductive materials, such as carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder or clean gases are used for
extinguishing them, furthermore, water or foam can be also used after ensuring the isolation of the equipment from
the electric power.
12–2–4 Combustible metals fires symbolized by (D); this type of fires refers to the self- combustible metals such as
magnesium, titanium and sodium when put on water surface and Melton metal; therefore, it is categorically
prohibited to use water for extinguishing them due to the high temperatures accompanying the fires which
decompose water to its original elements such as oxygen that assists in combustion and the explodable hydrogen in
the existence of a mixture of oxygen and heat, therefore it is recommended to use special extinguishing agents such
as dry coarse powder, graphic powder and sands.

12–3 Fire Prevention

12–3–1 Housekeeping
12–3–1–1 Housekeeping shall be maintained within work places because this is the most important and easiest way to minimize
the risk of fire to the minimum limit.
12–3–1–2 Wastes must be kept in approved metal containers with automatically closing covers and shall be disposed daily.
12–3–1–3 Unused clothes and other materials must not be left to accumulate in closets or company vehicles.
12–3–1–4 Fast combustible liquids, such as gasoline and the like may not be used for the purposes of cleaning.
12–3–1–5 Materials and equipment may not be stored in a manner that obstructs the emergency exits or equipment and fire
systems access ways.
12–3–1–6 Corridors and pathways must be marked with visible marks and must be kept clear of any obstructs; emergency
exits shall also be marked with suitable visible marks.

12–3–2 Handling of Flammable and Combustible Material

12–3–2–1 Gasoline, fuel oil and other flammable solvents shall not be handled except in approved metal containers with
distinguishing marks.
12–3–2–2 Buildings in which flammable liquids are used must have a proper ventilator and the quantities of such available liquids
must be reduced to the minimum limit.
12–3–2–3 During gasoline pumping or pouring from a container to another, metal contact (bonding) between the pouring
container and the receiving container in which it is poured must be maintained in order to avoid the spark of static
electric charges between the liquid molecules and the container's body.

170
12–3–2–4 Unloading fuel, truck engines must be off and trucks and other discharge equipment must be grounded in a proper
way to prevent the accumulation of static electric charges.
12–3–2–5 Distribution from barrels and portable tankers shall be made using an approved pump or by a self- closing tap.
12–3–2–6 Relatively small amounts of flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in approved metal closets so that it is
not required to store them in the flammable liquids vault.
12–3–2–7 Electric wiring and equipment within the flammable liquid storage room must be of the approved types for use in
hazardous places which do not generate electric sparks.

12–3–3 Gas Handling

Burning gas under pressure at any condition shall not be extinguished unless the gas flow is controlled by closing the
feeding valve, where the cooling process only shall be sufficient observing the following:
13–3–3–1 All ignition sources must be eliminated in all areas in which there is usually a liquidated petroleum gas leakage or
where an emergency may lead to the leakage of flammable gas.
13–3–3–2 Acetylene cylinders must be stored, firmly fixed and used in vertical manner; the empty cylinders valves must be
closed while in storage or shipping; cylinders shall be stored in a distance of (6.6 meters) at least of the highly
combustible materials where valve protection covers (caps) are to be used when the cylinders are out of use.
13–3–3–3 Oxygen shall be handled with caution in spite of the fact that it is not inflammable, yet it accelerates the combustion
process to an extent that makes certain flammable materials such as oils and other greasing materials ignite causing
explosion in high temperatures with the presence of pure oxygen.

12–3–4 Electric Equipment Use

12–3–4–1 Only approved electric equipment shall be used in the places where flammable gases or vapors exist.
12–3–4–2 Temporary electric wiring shall not be used except in extreme emergency cases; in such case, they must be
sufficiently protected and proper barriers thereof provided; they also must be removed when the work is
completed.
12–3–4–3 Portable electric tools and the connections thereof shall be inspected in close intervals and shall be repaired and
replaced when damaged.
12–3–4–4 Weather proof wires and sockets shall be used in humid areas, where explosion resistant fittings and lamps shall be
used in the event of existence of flammable gases or vapors.
12–3–4–5 Portable electric lamps shall be protected with a special grid for lamp protection or by using a transparent fence that
is sufficiently closed; they also must be kept away from sharp items and safeguarded from falling. Uncovered lamps
must not be used at all since they would be exposed to dust or flammable vapors; additionally, electric lamps shall be
considered as source of hazards in the areas where dust (such as boilers ashes) or flammable vapors where
protection should be provided thereto on this basis.
12–3–4–6 Electric circuits and equipment must be inspected and tested on a periodic basis to ensure the continuity of
performance in a satisfactory manner and to detect the aspects of defects thereof.

171
12–3–4–7 Before leaving work places, electric current of electric equipment and devices, must be disconnected including
air conditioning units, fans and heaters.
12–3–4–8 In the event of electric equipment fires, and before using the extinguisher, make sure that the electric current is
disconnected and do not use water and foam to extinguish such type of fire.
12–3–4–9 Operators of mechanical equipment and machines, including generation units and the accessories thereof shall
have to inspect and monitor these units, machines and equipment during the operation thereof on
a period basis, such inspections are to include the following potential fire risks:
12–3–4–9–1 Temperature or pressure higher than the required level.
12–3–4–9–2 Potential ignition sources resulting from friction due to the failure or defect of mechanical parts, especially
bearings and increased belts tension.
12–3–4–10 A work permit must be obtained before carrying out any work..

12–4 Fire Protection Systems and Equipment

12–4–1 Manual Fire Extinguisher Operation:
12–4–1–1 Manual fire extinguishers are the basic fire fighting equipment and they are used in fighting minor fires within the
abilities of a person to carry them as the weight of the container does not exceed 20 kg; the most important
ones are (CO2, powder, foam, halon).
12–4–1–2 Fire extinguishers are to be affixed on visible places on wall or columns, and they can be kept in boxes or in walls.
12–4–1–3 They shall be affixed in easy accessible places near room exits that lead to emergency exits.
12–4–1–4 They shall be affixed in a manner where the operation instructions on them are visible to passersby.
12–4–1–5 The extinguisher shall be hung in a way that facilitates the handling thereof.
12–4–1–6 In locations at which extinguishers are subject to displacement, the extinguisher holder shall be designed to
prevent the same.
12–4–1–7 Extinguishers boxes must be kept clean and dry.
12–4–1–8 At the entrances of warehouses and in the location where extinguishers are subject to damage, the extinguisher
must be protected from such risks.
12–4–1–9 In open areas and yards, fire extinguishers shall be put on mobile trolleys and the locations thereof are to be
defined on the ground.
12–4–1–10 In all cases, access to fire extinguishers shall be made according to the following:
12–4–1–10–1 The maximum distance to reach the extinguisher for fires of class (A) shall be (22.8 meters).
12–4–1–10–2 For fires of classes (B) and (C), the access distance shall not exceed (15) meters.
12–4–1–11 Install extinguisher so that the height of the extinguisher's head should not exceed (1.7 meters) from the ground level.
12–4–1–12 In all cases, the extinguisher base must be at least (10 cm) from the ground.
12–4–1–13 Every employee must distinguish between fire extinguishers, the types, places and method of use thereof, and
shall familiarize himself with the following general operation instructions:
12–4–1–13–1 Pull the safety pin at the top of the extinguisher to open the operation handle.
12–4–1–13–2 Direct the nozzle (out let) towards the fire base.

172
12–4–1–13–3 Press the ON handle, which is above the extinguisher holder handle, to charge the extinguishing substance. To
stop the flow release the ON handle.
12–4–1–13–4 Sweep the Nozzle outlet in a horizontal or vertical way in front of the flames so to spread the extinguishing
material, (as for foam extinguishers, the foam ray shall be fixed place at the burning liquid container wall, and
must not be moved to prevent the agitation of fire by insertion oxygen during the movement).
Note: Instructions on each type of the extinguishers and the treatment of fire according to the type must be
observed.
12–4–1–14 After extinguishing the fire:
12–4–1–14–1 Search for hot spots and smoke pits that may burst into flames again.
12–4–1–14–2 Make sure that the fire has been completely extinguished.
12–4–1–14–3 Keep away from the fire area to protect yourself from the risk of flame flash back.

12–4–2 Wheeled Fire Extinguisher Operation:

At operating wheeled extinguishers, the following procedures must be taken:
12–4–2–1 Open the pressurized gas cylinder to provide the pressure required for pushing the extinguishing material.
12–4–2–2 Draw the hose until approach to the fire.
12–4–2–3 Direct the nozzle to the fire base.
12–4–2–4 Squeeze the extinguisher handle to discharge the material.
12–4–2–5 Pressurized gas cylinder must be closed after extinguishing the fire for the safety of the firemen and equipment
in order to avoid any possible hose explosion.
12–4–2–6 All extinguishers shall be recharged immediately after using them regardless whether they have been partially or
completely discharged.

12–4–3 Hose Reels of 1.5 Inches Size

These are First Aid extinguishing equipment mounted in premises and building in addition to the manual fire
extinguishers for the potential use of the occupants (employees) and they cannot be used to extinguish electric
fires. Following the steps for using them when needed:
12–4–3–1 Open the spigot and make sure of the water flow in the hose.
12–4–3–2 Hold the hose nozzle and pull out until approaching the fire location.
12–4–3–3 Direct the nozzle to the fire base.
12–4–3–4 Open the control valve of the nozzle.
12–4–3–5 Evaluate the hose pressure and ask for assistance to control it.

12–4–4 Fire Extinguishing Water Network

It is a pipe and water exit network where a hose with a diameter of 64 mm can be connected thereto for use
by trained firemen only.

173
12–4–5 Automatic Fire Detectors and Extinguishing Systems
The main purpose of supplying main facilities of the Saudi Electricity Company with automatic fire detection and
extinguishing systems is to protect lives and properties from fire risks. Examples of such systems include:
Detection and alarm systems, water sprinkler system, carbon dioxide network, and dry chemical powder system.
Fire extinguishing systems must be regularly maintained in accordance with approved procedures to ensure the
readiness thereof when required as per the recommendations of manufacturers and international standards;
periodical testing thereon must be conducted with the results thereof to be recorded using special forms.

12–5 Fire Drills and Fire Brigade Training

12–5–1 A group of workers must be periodically trained in each main facility of the Saudi Electricity Company on fire fighting
works so to form a reserve team that handles any fire until the arrival of the official fire fighters from the fire fighting
station of the company or the Civil Defense.
12–5–2 A fire fighting plan for each of the company's buildings and facilities must be developed with special attention to false
fire fighting drills and suspension of work in emergency cases.
12–5–3 Training on evacuation procedures in emergencies for each main facility of the company shall be conducted at least
once a year according to the work circumstances.
12–5–4 Volunteers must be periodically and annually retrained to refresh them and to familiarize them with the new matters.

12–6 Fire Reporting

12–6–1 Immediate reporting on fire is the responsibility of the first person detect it and who shall inform the fire station at
once, the industrial security operation room and other persons around him regardless of the nature of fire or how
minor it is, even if it appears that it can be extinguished by those present at the fire location, or that the fire has been
extinguished or ended before detecting it.
12–6–2 Fire fighting & Loss Prevention Section shall ensure the circulation of the necessary phone numbers near each of the
company's phones within work areas.
12–6–3 Workers at various levels are responsible for taking precautions to avoid the break out of fire, including the
procedures of reporting thereon.
12–6–4 The informer shall provide the following information:
12–6–4–1 Name, division and department of the informer.
12–6–4–2 The location and its number and a description of the fire.
12–6–4–3 Type of the burning material.
12–6–4–4 Don't hang up the telephone receiver until you make sure that the fire or industrial security operation have received
the full information.
12–6–5 The quickest means to report on the fire must be selected.

174
12–6–6 Fire must be fought using the available fire extinguishing equipment if safe until the arrival of the firemen.
12–6–7 The informer shall wait the fire squad in a safe place outside the fire location to direct them.
12–6–8 Emergency and evacuation plans must be complied with fire drills.

12–7 Investigation in Fire Incidents.

12–7–1 Fire accidents that occur in the company's premises shall be classified according to the following classification of the
Higher Commission for Industrial Security:
12–7–1–1 Minor Fire: A fire resulting from daily operation processes and that is within the control of the entity and does not
result in human or material losses or operation interruption;
12–7–1–2 Medium Fire: A fire resulting from daily operation processes and that is within the control of the entity or with the
aid of external entities and which results in no more than five casualties and one death with material losses in the
amount of one hundred thousand Riyals;
12–7–1–3 Major Fire: A fire that causes severe damages to the entity in terms of life casualties or property damages and which
can be controlled with the aid of external entities and whose material losses exceed on hundred thousand Riyals.
12–7–2 Minor fire shall be investigated by the Fire Department and Loss Prevention at the Industrial Security Department at
the work area provided that the initial report to contain the place or location of the fire, fire classification (A, B,
C, D), date of the fire, effect on the progress of work at the company's premises, material and human damages, and
the procedure taken to control the fire and the entities participating in controlling it. The department in charge of
the location shall conduct an initial investigation to find out the technical reasons that led the occurrence of
the fire and prepare the initial technical report within 24 hours of the fire occurrence and deliver a copy to the
Industrial Security Department at the work area and circulate it to the stakeholders;
12–7–3 Employee in charge of the location shall make comprehensive inquiries on the fire and prepare the final technical
report, provided to contain:
12–7–3–1 Safety measures in place prior to the fire occurrence;
12–7–3–2 A chronicled comprehensive description of the fire location before, during and after the fire;
12–7–3–3 Witness statements on the fire;
12–7–3–4 Direct and indirect causes for the fire;
12–7–3–5 Residual of the fire;
12–7–3–6 The necessary measures taken or to be taken after the fire.
12–7–4 In case of medium or major fire, a committee shall be formed consisting of specialists from the Industrial Security
Department at the work area, the department responsible for the site, the Risk Management Department and
the Legal Department, which shall make appropriate recommendation to avoid the recurrence thereof; the Industrial
Security Department at the work area shall prepare the fire preliminary report and notify the competent bodies at
the Ministry of Interior as per the instructions issued by them.
12–7–5 The Department of Fire and Loss Prevention of the Industrial Security Department at the work area shall review
the initial and final reports of the fires to follow up the execution of the recommendation and to ensure the adoption
of a corrective action and shall report the same to the senior management to follow up any negative indicators that
may require action.

175
Section Thirteen
First Aid

176
Section Thirteen: First Aid
Article Subject Page
13-1 General Rules 178
13-2 Handling Injuries 178
13-3 First Aid Kits Approved by the Company 178
13-4 First Aid 179
13-5 Wounds and Bleeding Control 179
13-6 Neural Shock 180
13-7 Eye Injuries 181
13-8 Traumas 181
13-9 Burns 181
13-10 Dislocation 181
13-11 Drowning 182
13-12 Electric Shock 182
13-13 Unconsciousness 182
13-14 Foreign Objects in Ears 183
13-15 Fractures 183
13-16 Gas Inhalation 183
13-17 Head Injuries (Critical Cases) 183
13-18 Thermal Tension 183
13-19 Sunstroke 183
13-20 Back Injury 184
13-21 Insect Stings 184
13-22 Twisting 184
13-23 Minor Wounds 184
13-24 Unconsciousness with Breathing 184
13-25 Heart and Lungs resuscitation 184
13-26 Rescue at Pole Top 185

177
13–1 General Rules
The information set forth in this part are not to be deemed as a replacement for first aid course the company
provides its employees with.
13–1–1 Every employee shall learn the basic principles of first aid and shall be continually reviewing the first aid procedures
on post injury, burn, sunstroke, snake bites and scorpion stings traumas, CPR means, heart and lungs resuscitation
and bleeding control; it is important for all employees to be aware of the available medical services and access
thereto.
13–1–2 Employees working overhead works shall be trained on pole top rescue, and they must be aware of the CPR and
how to apply it in a high site.
13–1–3 Employees must be aware of the places of first aid kits and the access thereto and to the contents thereof and the
instructions therein, and each employee shall learn how to use such instruments so to be able to administer
treatment when required.

13–2 Handling Injury

13–2–1 Every injury shall be reported, including minor wounds, scratches, traumas, burns and others to the immediate
superior as soon as possible, who shall in turn performs his role and accomplish reporting the injury to the
competent authorities; unless the injury is very minor so that it requires nothing but administering first aid, it is
imperative to procure the necessary medical care.
13–2–2 When an employee gets injured by an injury related to the work he carries out and the injury require medical
care, he shall be sent to the company's physician or to a hospital to evaluate the injury and to treat him from all the
potential complications after receiving the necessary first aid.

13–3 First Aid Kits Approved By the Company

13–3–1 Approved first aid kits are available in various location within the company's buildings and in vehicles and
construction works sites; employees are required to be familiar with the locations of such kits and the content
thereof.
13–3–2 Each department shall procure its needs for suitable first aid kits and the content thereof for all its sites and to
provide work cars and emergency with the same as well.
13–3–3 All first aid materials shall be stored in sufficient quantities away from high temperature.
13–3–4 Nothing but the materials approved by the company shall be kept in first aid kits.
13–3–5 First aid kits shall be inspected by each department at regular and frequent intervals, and expiring materials shall be
replaced and the used materials shall be compensated.
13–3–6 Firs aid kits shall be affixed in visible and accessible places.
13–3–7 Firs aid kits may contain the following basic materials:
13–3–7–1 Sterilized bandages within containers of (small, medium and large) sizes.

178
13–3–7–2 Dressings of various sizes
13–3–7–3 Medical plaster for fixing dressings.
13–3–7–4 Injury cleaning cotton.
13–3–7–5 Sterilized materials for injury cleaning.
13–3–7–6 Burning dressings.
13–3–7–7 Anti- venoms for snake and scorpion bites (to pay attention to the place of storage thereof).
13–3–7–8 Painkillers and relieve from headache and colic and other materials approved by the physician of the entity.

13–4 First Aid

It is the set of procedures provided by the first- aid man to the injured of an accident or unexpected illness.
13–4–1 Call the physician.
13–4–2 Start providing immediate assistance at the site and do not wait for the physician's arrival.
13–4–3 Try to stretch the injured in a horizontal position while keeping the head below the feet level to secure the
continuity of blood flow to the brain and heart unless the injury is in the head or chest where he shall be kept in a
horizontal position where tight clothes thereof are to be loosen especially at the chest, neck and abdomen areas.
13–4–4 Try to keep the injured person's body warm by putting blankets and sheets but not in excess; no external source
of heat should be used but in the extraordinary situations of cold weather and swimming. If heating dressings are to
be used, remember that the person suffering from a shock may easily get burned because of his abnormal feelings.
13–4–5 Do not give the liquid to the injured in cases of unconsciousness, abdomen injury, nausea, vomiting or in cases where
a surgery shall be performed to the injured immediately at arriving the hospital.
13–4–6 In case of unconsciousness, and after making sure that no breathing is detected, start performing CPR
uninterruptedly until the physician arrives, or transporting the injured to the hospital and do not judge him dead.
13–4–7 Transport the injured in a proper way and do not make the injured overexerts himself by walking.

13–5 Wounds and Bleeding Control

13–5–1 A man may bleed to death in a very short time (less than one minute); therefore, in the event of occurrence of an
injury that leads to serious hemorrhage, actions must be immediately taken in order to stop blood loss.
13–5–2 Bleeding can be controlled by carrying out the following steps:
13–5–2–1 Direct pressing on the wound using a sterilized dressing if available; in emergency case, use any dressing or even the
bare hand taking into consideration not to remove the dressing off the wound but to add another dressing on it
when required.
13–5–2–2 Indirect pressing on the arterial pressure points at the top of the arm or rare leg where it is permissible to combine
between the pressure points and direct pressure to stop severe bleeding.

179
13–5–3 Blood loss can be reduced by lifting the wounded part of the body above the heart level.
13–5–4 The use of tourniquet is an act to be resorted to only at desperation, more than an injury to the injured person's
body or more than an injured in the accident place. It may not be used but in the event of severe bleeding that
threatens life and which cannot be controlled by any other means. The tourniquet must be fixed as close as to
the wound and may not be removed but by specialists every 8- 10 minutes to avoid the death of the bandaged
extremity. (if the tourniquet is untied, it may result in sever trauma), trauma exists in all severe bleeding cases,
therefore caution must be taken to treat the trauma at once.

13–6 Neural Shock

13–6–1 Neural shock usually takes place after sever blood loss or pain that leaves marks such as snake bites or some serious
injuries such as burns; it also may occur following to a minor injury if accompanied with worry or emotional stress
and regardless of the cause thereof, symptoms are the same with similar treatment required.
13–6–2 Prevention of neural shock is easier than the treatment thereof; each injured person is likely to be subject to shock
and must be treated accordingly, whether the symptoms of chock are visible or not.
13–6–3 Symptoms of shock are as follows:
13–6–3–1 Paleness (whitened face and extremities)
13–6–3–2 Shallow breathing (not deep and short)
13–6–3–3 Weak and fast pulse.
13–6–3–4 Cold and wet skin
13–6–4 Recommended Shock Treatment:
13–6–4–1 Patient must be kept warm and relaxed; in many cases, the only required and possible first aid is to cover the patient
from below and above to prevent the loss of body temperature.
13–6–4–2 Keep the patient's body in a horizontal position or fix him in a way that to have his feet higher than his head by at
least six inches, and always to keep the patient's head low always; the only exception for this position is in the case
of patient's chest injury who is suffering from dyspnea. Such patient must be kept in horizontal position with his head
kept raised a little to facilitate breathing.
13–6–4–2–1 Empty the injured mouth of any foreign objects and ensure that he is properly breathes.
13–6–4–2–2 Unloosen the tight clothes around the neck, chest and waist.
13–6–4–2–3 Training on the proper transport of the person in shock is very important as it forms the most important procedure
to deal with and treat the shock. Use an ambulance if possible or any other means and follow the abovementioned
instructions to as much as possible.

180
13–7 Eye Injuries
13–7–1 If a foreign small object falls on the eye or eyelid, such as dust or sawdust (but did not enter into the eye) it would be
easy to remove it, the edge of a clean handkerchief or any other means can be used within the eyelid by pushing
it up or down then searching for the foreign object and remove it; do not use matchstick or any other similar tool
since you may damage the eye, and do not rub the eye at all.
13–7–2 Objects entering into the eye shall be removed by the physician where it is necessary to gently cover both eyes of
the injured, the injured shall be immediately referred to the physician and asked to relax and try not to move his
eyes.
13–7–3 In the event that a chemical enters the eye, the place should not be left before washing the eye with big amounts of
clean water for at least 20 minutes or until the injured feels relieved.
13–7–4 All eye injury cases shall be referred to the physician for examining and treatment regardless of the administered first
aid.

13–8 Traumas
Put ice bags after wrapping them with cloth "do not apply the ice directly to the skin" or put cold dressings for 25
minutes; if the skin is scratched, treat it in the same way you treat minor wounds.

13–9 Burns
13–9–1 Severe burns that do not leave charring trace on the injured body which requires treatment by physician or at a
hospital, the injured body shall be chilled with water until he gets better and then taken to the hospital without taking
off his clothes from the burnt area and without any treatment to the burnt area of whatsoever type, with the
possible exception of covering the area with a clean cloth that may be at hand.
13–9–2 For minor burns, use material from the first aid kit.
13–9–3 For chemical burns, wash immediately with big amounts of water and call ambulance to transport the injured, all
burns could be dangerous, and shall be examined by the physician.

13–10 Dislocation
Symptoms: In the event of dislocation occurrence, usually no movement in the injured joint is possible or at a
change in the place of a bone end into the joint.
Treatment: Do not underestimate the dislocation and let the patient relax and call the ambulance.

181
13–11 Drowning
13 –11–1 Symptoms:
13–11–1–1 Pale skin
13–11–1–2 The face color turns into bluish due to the lack of blood flow.
13–11–1–3 Unconsciousness.
13–11–1–4 Dyspnea
13–11–2 First Aid:
13–11–2–1 To save rescue the drowning or about to drown person; if you are far from him, do not attempt to reach him unless
you are a good swimmer; you shall have to grab him from the back with caution because he may take hold of you
and expose you to drowning; keep the drowned body straight when pulling him out so that the head, neck and back
are in a straight position to the water surface, and use a flat surface if possible to put the drowned thereon.
13–11–2–2 You should open the air tract by tilting the head back and raising the chin and if you suspect head, neck or back injury
just raise the chin and do not try to tilt the head back.
13–11–2–3 The following step is to check the breathing rate of the drowned.

13–12 Electric Shock

If a person gets in contact with a current charged wire:
13–12–1 He must be immediately released but with avoiding the shock by not touching the wire or the injured.
13–12–2 Use rubber gloves if available, a dry board, a dry column, a dry rope, a belt or a coat to release the injured and move
him from the accident place.
13–12–3 Start CPR at once, if you notice that the breathing is unclear, keep the patient warm and call the physician or
transport him to the nearest hospital leaving the treatment of burns to the physician.
13–12–4 Proceed with the CPR on the way to the hospital.
13–12–5 If heart beats do not appear, the external cardiac pressure with the shall be made artificial respiration from mouth to
mouth.

13–13 Unconsciousness
Symptoms: Pale face and faint breathing and pulse.
First Aid: Put the patient on his side at the revival position; if the patient is sitting lower his head between his
knees and unfasten his clothes; use smelling salts, ammonia or any aromas to regain consciousness and apply cold
water to the face; if the unconsciousness persists, call ambulance and keep the patient warm.

182
13–14 Foreign Objects in Ears
Do not try to remove them but take the patient to the physician.

13–15 Fractures
Do not move the broken extremity and put the injured in a comfortable position in waiting for medical assistance.

13–16 Gas Inhalation

Patient must be quickly taken to open air, the rescuer shall use self-contained breathing apparatus to avoid injury; in
the event of losing consciousness, start CPR at once and keep the patient warm and call the ambulance immediately.

13–17 Head Injuries (Critical Cases)

Patient should not be moved and ask for medical assistance at once.

13–18 Thermal Tension

Caused by exposure to heat and loss of body fluids by sweating and leads to dehydration and loss of body salts.
Symptoms: Pale face, wet and sticky skin, weak pulse, gripes, dizziness and usually the patient stays
awake.
Treatment: keep the injured laying and keep his head down, give him salty water to drink (one teaspoon
per half liter of water) in small amounts at intervals, if the case does not improve, call ambulance at once.
Prevention: Additional quantities of water and salt during the work under high temperature conditions.

13–19 Sunstroke
Caused by exposure to heat, usually direct exposure to sunrays, it is not necessary to loss body salts and
dehydration.
Symptoms: Headache, high temperature and dry skin, red face and the body temperature raises with the
injured losing his consciousness.
Treatment: Make the patient lay in shade while raising his head and using cold dressings to chill the body;
physician is to be called immediately, no liquids or food should be given to the injured.

183
13–20 Back Injury
Do not move the injured and call for medical assistance.

13–21 Insect Stings

Remove the "stinger" if available by scrapping off from the side "use a card or cardboard" and use ice bag or
cold dressings on the sting location or when it becomes swollen, immediately call the physician especially if symptoms
such as unconsciousness or the beginning thereof appears.

13–22 Twisting
Twisted joint leads to a slight rupture in the joints and surrounding tissues; ice dressings are to be used with making
the joint comfortable and bind it with a bandage for enough period according to the physician's instructions.

13–23 Minor Wounds

Minor wounds, scratches and holes with no severe bleeding shall be covered using a dry sterilized dressing then
report the same to your supervisor.

13–24 Unconsciousness With Breathing

Unconscious injured persons who can breath and have pulse shall be put in resuscitation position so that the air
tract to be kept clear by tilting the body to the right or to the left while putting the hand of the injured under his
head and tilting his higher knee in 900 angle to support the whole body; do not try to give him any thing through the
mouth or to remove anything from the mouth, (food, denture), periodically check the breathing and pulse.

13–25 Heart and Lungs Resuscitation

13–25–1 Do not move the injured but if necessary and remember that the injured who is talking is conscious with breathing
and heart pulse.
13–25–2 Check the consciousness of the injured to ensure opening the respiratory tract; look, see and feel the breathing of
the injured.
13–25–3 Call the ambulance in case of unconsciousness.
13–25–4 Make sure to open the air tract.
13–25–5 Make sure that the injured is breathing.
13–25–6 Check if the hear beats by feeling the pulse at the carotid for a period not less than ten seconds.
In the event that there is a pulse without breathing, immediately start with the CPR:
13–25–7 Give two blows in the injured mouth and observe if the chest of the injured raises.

184
13–25–8 Check for breathing with pulse checking.
13–25–9 If there is pulse and breathe try to keep the respiratory tract open; but if no breathe start by CPR (one blow every
five seconds).
In the event that there is no pulse or breathe, the injured needs for heart and lungs resuscitation:
13–25–10 Give two blows in the injured mouth and observe if the chest of the injured raises.
13–25–11 Check for breathing with pulse checking.
13–25–12 In the event that no pulse and breathe available, start with heart and lungs resuscitation:
13–25–12–1 In the event of one rescuer present (give two blows with 15 presses on the chest)
13–25–12–2 In the event of two rescuers present, one blow in the injured mouth with five presses on the chest every five
seconds.
13–25–13 Proceed until the arrival of ambulance or until the injured regains consciousness taking into consideration checking
the pulse of the injured every one or two minutes while performing CPR or heart and lungs resuscitation.

13–26 Rescue at Pole Top

13–26–1 You may be required to assist a person on a column to get down on ground in a safe manner when he is suddenly
get ill, injured or loses his consciousness.
13–26–2 The basic steps for rescue at the top of a pole:
13–26–2–1 Assess the injured case at the top of the column by calling him.
13–26–2–2 Administer the possible first aid before getting him down.
13–26–2–3 Get the injured down.
13–26–2–4 Provide care to the injured after getting him down.
13–26–2–5 Call for assistance.
13–26–3 The following must be checked for your own protection and the protection of the injured
before climbing the pole:
13–26–3–1 Personal tools and rubber gloves (rubber mask if necessary).
13–26–3–2 Additional rubber parts.
13–26–3–3 Electrified line tools.
13–26–3–4 The general condition of the pole.
13–26–3–5 Damaged equipment and conductors.
13–26–3–6 If there is a fire on the pole.
13–26–3–7 Condition of the rescue rope on the pole.

185
13–26–4 To rescue the injured at the top of the pole, take the following steps:
13–26–4–1 Get a rescue rope of (1.25 cm) diameter.
13–26–4–2 Climb with caution.
13–26–4–3 Take a position that ensures safety.
13–26–4–4 Move the injured from danger.
13–26–4–5 Identify the injured case.
13–26–4–6 Administer necessary first aid.
13–26–4–7 Fix the rescue rope.
13–26–4–8 Tie the injured
13–26–4–9 Get rid of looseness of the rescue rope.
13–26–4–10 Firmly hold the dropping rope.
13–26–4–11 Cut the safety belt of the injured.
13–26–4–12 Put the injured down with caution.
13–26–4–13 The best position is to be above the injured a little.
13–26–5 Rescue of the injured on the ground:
13–26–5–1 Proceed with the necessary first aid.
13–26–5–2 Call for medical assistance (ambulance).
13–26–5–3 Transport the injured to the nearest hospital or medical center.

186
References:

1. General Directorate of Civil Defense.

2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. www.osha.gov

3. National Fluid Power Association. www.nfpa.org

4. Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME). www.pme.gov.sa

5. Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety. www.ccohs.ca

6. American National Standards Institute. www.ansi.org

7. The American Society of Safety Engineers. www.asse.org

8. U.S General Services Administration. www.gsa.gov

9. American Society for Testing and Materials. www.astm.org

10. Encyclopedia of Occupational Health and Safety published by The International Labor Office.

187
188